US20130172263A1 - Vh4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis - Google Patents
Vh4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20130172263A1 US20130172263A1 US13/789,324 US201313789324A US2013172263A1 US 20130172263 A1 US20130172263 A1 US 20130172263A1 US 201313789324 A US201313789324 A US 201313789324A US 2013172263 A1 US2013172263 A1 US 2013172263A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- cells
- patients
- mscsf
- hcpb
- signature
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 157
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 144
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 209
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 121
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 claims description 115
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 claims description 108
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 101000840258 Homo sapiens Immunoglobulin J chain Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 102100029571 Immunoglobulin J chain Human genes 0.000 claims description 8
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010043958 Peptoids Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 abstract description 18
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 10
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 109
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 80
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 77
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 77
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 55
- 206010071068 Clinically isolated syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 54
- 101000980825 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Proteins 0.000 description 50
- 102100024222 B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Human genes 0.000 description 49
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 49
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 44
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 44
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 43
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 42
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 40
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 40
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 36
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 34
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 34
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 31
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 30
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 29
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 26
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 26
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 24
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 24
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 24
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 23
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 20
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 19
- 201000000596 systemic lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 19
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 18
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 210000001806 memory b lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 210000004180 plasmocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 14
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 13
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 210000001280 germinal center Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 13
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 208000003435 Optic Neuritis Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 208000007400 Relapsing-Remitting Multiple Sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000000546 chi-square test Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000003210 demyelinating effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 230000036438 mutation frequency Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylethyl 11-methoxy-3,7,11-trimethyl-2,4-dodecadienoate Chemical compound COC(C)(C)CCCC(C)CC=CC(C)=CC(=O)OC(C)C NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010051290 Central nervous system lesion Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 108020002230 Pancreatic Ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000005891 Pancreatic ribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 208000021386 Sjogren Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000004547 gene signature Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 6
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007834 ligase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229960001156 mitoxantrone Drugs 0.000 description 5
- KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N mitoxantrone Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCNCCO)=CC=C2NCCNCCO KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007894 restriction fragment length polymorphism technique Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 5
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000016192 Demyelinating disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010005716 Interferon beta-1a Proteins 0.000 description 4
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 102000006386 Myelin Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010083674 Myelin Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 4
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000005012 myelin Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 3
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100027207 CD27 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010012305 Demyelination Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108060002716 Exonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 108010072051 Glatiramer Acetate Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100030385 Granzyme B Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101000914511 Homo sapiens CD27 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101001009603 Homo sapiens Granzyme B Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000026350 Inborn Genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101000686985 Mouse mammary tumor virus (strain C3H) Protein PR73 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010072731 White matter lesion Diseases 0.000 description 3
- FHEAIOHRHQGZPC-KIWGSFCNSA-N acetic acid;(2s)-2-amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid;(2s)-2-aminopentanedioic acid;(2s)-2-aminopropanoic acid;(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O.C[C@H](N)C(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FHEAIOHRHQGZPC-KIWGSFCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000005784 autoimmunity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008709 cellular rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102000013165 exonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 3
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000016361 genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960003776 glatiramer acetate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940047124 interferons Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009593 lumbar puncture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960005027 natalizumab Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000003720 plasmablast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 206010063401 primary progressive multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100000617 superantigen Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[[6-amino-2-[[2-[[2-[[5-amino-2-[[2-[[1-[2-[[6-amino-2-[(2,5-diamino-5-oxopentanoyl)amino]hexanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)p Chemical compound C1CCN(C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O)C1C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010003591 Ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000032544 Cicatrix Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010019233 Headaches Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101000662009 Homo sapiens UDP-N-acetylglucosamine pyrophosphorylase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010005714 Interferon beta-1b Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000010645 MutS Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010038272 MutS Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000008457 Neurologic Manifestations Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091008109 Pseudogenes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000057361 Pseudogenes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000013614 RNA sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000011529 RT qPCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100037921 UDP-N-acetylglucosamine pyrophosphorylase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009830 antibody antigen interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940003504 avonex Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011509 clonal analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003935 denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008482 dysregulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005713 exacerbation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000869 headache Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004968 inflammatory condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011901 isothermal amplification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003007 myelin sheath Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000012111 paraneoplastic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000314 poly p-methyl styrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000037387 scars Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007860 single-cell PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- WCKQPPQRFNHPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]diazenyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 WCKQPPQRFNHPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010069754 Acquired gene mutation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011452 Adrenoleukodystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018126 Adrenomyeloneuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022099 Alzheimer disease 2 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022316 Arachnoid cyst Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003101 Arnold-Chiari Malformation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022211 Arteriovenous Malformations Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000027496 Behcet disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010063292 Brain stem syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010048610 Cardiotoxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000015321 Chiari malformation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030939 Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011724 DNA Repair Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076525 DNA Repair Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000003164 Diplopia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014094 Dystonic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031780 Endonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010015108 Epstein-Barr virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700039887 Essential Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000031220 Hemophilia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009292 Hemophilia A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033981 Hereditary haemochromatosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012313 Kruskal-Wallis test Methods 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000016604 Lyme disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M Methylprednisolone sodium succinate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)COC(=O)CCC([O-])=O)CC[C@H]21 FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000047918 Myelin Basic Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710107068 Myelin basic protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000003926 Myelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010028570 Myelopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010029240 Neuritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010060860 Neurological symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010061323 Optic neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000032319 Primary lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Purine Natural products N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010066717 Q beta Replicase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004518 RNA Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003391 RNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000219061 Rheum Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000034189 Sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010041591 Spinal osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005716 Subacute Combined Degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010046298 Upper motor neurone lesion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000002552 acute disseminated encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009824 affinity maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007844 allele-specific PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009833 antibody interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124691 antibody therapeutics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005744 arteriovenous malformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- YTCZZXIRLARSET-VJRSQJMHSA-M beraprost sodium Chemical compound [Na+].O([C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@@H]21)/C=C/[C@@H](O)C(C)CC#CC)C1=C2C=CC=C1CCCC([O-])=O YTCZZXIRLARSET-VJRSQJMHSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000133 brain stem Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cs+] AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000259 cardiotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108091092356 cellular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003588 centroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000036319 cervical spondylosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002144 chemical decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000005795 chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940086226 cold spot Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003283 colorimetric indicator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- CGMRCMMOCQYHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-J dicalcium hydroxide phosphate Chemical compound [OH-].[Ca++].[Ca++].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O CGMRCMMOCQYHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 239000005546 dideoxynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011979 disease modifying therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000010118 dystonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002996 emotional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000655 enterotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000763 evoking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002964 excitative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002550 fecal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004817 gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012252 genetic analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000054766 genetic haplotypes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000010448 genetic screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007614 genetic variation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001102 germinal center b cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000008675 hereditary spastic paraplegia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000028996 humoral immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004727 humoral immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002519 immonomodulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002955 immunomodulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003444 immunosuppressant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001861 immunosuppressant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010921 in-depth analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004461 interferon beta-1a Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003161 interferon beta-1b Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124625 intravenous corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009533 lab test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011005 laboratory method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008449 language Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002045 lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010901 lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012153 long-term therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000005264 motor neuron disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007971 neurological deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000002040 neurosyphilis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003499 nucleic acid array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001668 nucleic acid synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- -1 nucleoside triphosphate Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000020911 optic nerve disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004816 paper chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000035824 paresthesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003681 parotid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005105 peripheral blood lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000006292 polyarteritis nodosa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008092 positive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010036807 progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- IGFXRKMLLMBKSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N purine Chemical compound N1=C[N]C2=NC=NC2=C1 IGFXRKMLLMBKSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940038850 rebif Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008844 regulatory mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004641 rituximab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011300 routine therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000000306 sarcoidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000007056 sickle cell anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037439 somatic mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010062261 spinal cord neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010068698 spleen exonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000005801 spondylosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009747 swallowing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004243 sweat Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001138 tear Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000006361 tethered spinal cord syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000009174 transverse myelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006961 tropical spastic paraparesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007794 visualization technique Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6844—Nucleic acid amplification reactions
- C12Q1/686—Polymerase chain reaction [PCR]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
- C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/02—Peptides of undefined number of amino acids; Derivatives thereof
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
- G01N33/6893—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
- G01N33/6896—Neurological disorders, e.g. Alzheimer's disease
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/106—Pharmacogenomics, i.e. genetic variability in individual responses to drugs and drug metabolism
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/136—Screening for pharmacological compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/156—Polymorphic or mutational markers
Definitions
- the present invention relates to fields of pathology, immunology and molecular biology. More particularly, the present invention relates to a VH4 peptide signature in VH-expressing B cells that predicts and diagnoses multiple sclerosis.
- MS Multiple Sclerosis
- B cells have historically been implicated in the pathogenesis of Multiple Sclerosis (MS) since elevated CNS immunoglobulins and oligoclonal bands were first described in MS patients in the 1940s (Kabat et al. 1950; Kabat et al., 1948). Additional evidence of B cell involvement in MS pathogenesis includes the presence of B cells in MS lesions (Raine et al., 1999), and presence of B cells trafficking into the CNS during lesion development (Esiri, 1977) that intensifies with disease duration (Ozawa et al., 1994).
- B cells to monocytes are stable over the disease course, but those patients with a prevalence of B cells tend to have a more expeditious disease progression than those with monocyte predominance (Cepok et al., 2001).
- Antibodies in conjunction with complement have also been identified in MS lesions co-localized with disintegrating myelin, suggesting a potential causative role played by these immune elements in lesion development (Genain et al., 1999; Storch and Lassmann, 1997).
- CSF cerebrospinal fluid
- VH4-expressing B cell population in particular harbors autoreactive B cells in both healthy controls (Koelsch et al., 2007) and patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) (Pugh-Bernard et al., 2001).
- B cells utilizing the VH4-34 gene (formerly known as VH4-21) are often autoreactive towards sugars on blood cells and either undergo negative selection in the adult repertoire (Koelsch et al., 2007; Pascual and Capra, 1992), or class switch to the rare IgD isotype rather than IgG, presumably to dampen the response of these autoreactive cells in healthy individuals (Koelsch et al., 2007).
- VH4-expressing B cells are overrepresented in the CSF (Colombo et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2005; Owens et al., 2003; Qin et al., 1998; Ritchie et al., 2004) and brain lesions (Baranzini et al., 1999; Owens et al., 1998) of MS patients.
- This finding was inconspicuous, however, since clonally expanding and autoreactive B cells from the CSF of MS patients could be found utilizing variable genes from any of the heavy (and light) chain families (Buluwela and Rabbitts, 1988; Humphries et al., 1988; Kodaira et al. 1986; Lee et al., 1987; Shen et al., 1987).
- a method for identifying a human subject having or at risk of developing multiple sclerosis comprising assessing the VH4 structure of a VH4-expressing B-cell from said subject, wherein the presence of a codon signature associated with MS identifies said subject as having or at risk of developing MS.
- the codon signature may comprise a mutation at codon 31B, 56 and/or 81, or mutations at each of 31B, 56 and 81.
- the codon signature may further comprise mutations at one or more of codons 32, 40, 52, 57, 60 and 89, such as mutations at each of codons 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89.
- the codon signature may comprise a mutation at codons 31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and/or 89, such as a mutation at each of codons 31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and 89.
- the method may further comprise assessing one or more traditional MS risk factors. Assessing may comprise sequencing, and may comprises PCR.
- the B-cell is obtained from cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), and the method may further comprise assessing J chain usage, J chain length, and/or CDR3 length.
- the B-cell may be obtained from peripheral blood, and the method may further comprise assessing J chain usage, J chain length, and/or CDR3 length.
- the method may also further comprise making a treatment decision based on the presence of said codon signature.
- a method of screening for an agent useful in treating multiple sclerosis comprising (a) providing an antibody produced by a VH4-expressing B-cell, said antibody comprising mutations at three or more codons selected from the group consisting of 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89; (b) contacting said antibody with a candidate ligand; and (c) assessing binding of said candidate ligand to said antibody, wherein binding of said candidate ligand to said antibody identifies said candidate ligand as useful in treating MS.
- a method of treating a subject having or at risk of developing MS comprising administering to said subject a ligand that binds to an antibody VH-4 antibody comprising mutations at three or more codons selected from the group consisting of 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89.
- the ligand may a peptide or a peptoid, and may be linked to a toxin or B-cell antagonist.
- FIGS. 1A-D Frequency of VH Family Usage in Productive B Cell Rearrangements.
- FIG. 1C clinically isolated syndrome cerebrospinal fluid
- FIG. 2 Frequency of J Segment Usage in Productive VH4 B Cell Rearrangements.
- CD19+ B cells expressing a productive VH4 rearrangement were isolated from HCPB, MSPB, and MSCSF and analyzed for J segment usage.
- the number of patients included in each group can be found in the FIGS. 1A-D legend; the number of productive VH4 sequences in each group is shown in the figure.
- Data statistics can be found in Table 13.
- the overall repertoire J segment usages can be found in FIG. 6 , with statistics in Supplemental Table 8.
- FIGS. 3A-B CDR3 Lengths of Productive VH Overall Repertoire, VH4 Subdatabase, and VH3 Subdatabase.
- FIG. 3A The average amino acid length of the CDR3 region.
- FIG. 3B Percentage of productive VH4 sequences in each range of CDR3 amino acid lengths. The number of patients included in each group can be found in the FIGS. 1A-D legend; the number of VH4 productive sequences used for analysis in each group is shown in the figure. Data statistics can be found in Table 15 for FIG. 3A and Table 16 for FIG. 3B .
- FIG. 4 Ranges of Mutational Frequency in Overall Repertoire, VH4 Subdatabase, and VH3 Subdatabase.
- CDR1, FR2, CDR2, and FR3 were included in the analysis. Since the average read length of VH sequences is 206 nucleotides, the 0-2% range corresponds to 0-4 mutations, the 2-7% range corresponds to 5-14 mutations, the 7-12% range corresponds to 15-24 mutations, and the greater than 12% range corresponds to 25 or more mutations.
- the number of patients included in each group can be found in the FIGS. 1A-D legend; the number of productive sequences used for analysis in each group is shown in the figure. Data statistics can be found in Table 17.
- FIGS. 5A-B Model of VH4 Structure.
- VH4-30.4 antibody structure was adapted from (Guddat et al., 1993) as described in the Materials & Methods.
- the light chain variable domain is included for reference and is encoded in gray, while the heavy chain backbone is in yellow.
- the VH4 signature has been demarcated, with “hot” spots in blue (residues 31B, 40, 56, 57, 60, 69, 81, and 89; corresponds to FIG. 7 ), and “cold” spots in green (residues 30, 52, and 68; corresponds to FIG. 7 ).
- Those hot or cold spots contained within a CDR have been highlighted.
- the CDR3 is that of the original structure, and not from any VH4 discussed here.
- FIG. 6 Frequency of J Segment Usage in Overall Repertoire of Productive B Cell Rearrangements.
- CD19+ B cells expressing a productive rearrangement were isolated from HCPB, MSPB, and MSCSF and analyzed for J segment usage.
- the number of patients included in each group can be found in the FIGS. 1A-D legend; the number of productive sequences in each group is shown in the figure.
- Data statistics can be found in Table 15.
- FIG. 7 Comparison of Sequence for VH4 Genes, Including a Consensus.
- FIG. 8 Example of VH4 Comparison.
- a VH4-30.4 Sequence is Listed as the Germline Configuration (Allele 01) and Compared to a Patient CD19+ B Cell Sequence.
- FIG. 9 Signature Score in Individual MS and CIS Patients.
- Signature scores were generated by calculating Z-scores for the RF values at the 6 codons within the signature (31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and 89). Individual Z-scores at each of the codon positions were compiled to generate the composite signature Z-score.
- MS patient signature scores are shown as black circles ( ⁇ )
- CIS patient signature scores that resulted in prediction of CDMS are black squares ( ⁇ )
- CIS patient signature scores that resulted in prediction of unlikely to convert to definite MS are in open squares ( ⁇ ).
- the average composite signature score in the MSCSFVH4 database was 10.9 ⁇ 2.0 (black line) and so any signature score of an individual CIS patient above 6.8 (average S.D.; threshold shown as red line) was predicted to convert to CDMS.
- ONDCSFVH4 group signature score was 4.5
- MSPBVH4 signature score was 2.0.
- FIGS. 10A-B Model of VH4 Structure.
- a VH4-30.4 antibody structure was adapted as described in the Materials & Methods. Two orientations of the structure are provided in FIGS. 10A and 10B .
- the light chain variable domain is included for reference and is encoded in gray, while the heavy chain backbone is in yellow.
- the VH4 signature has been demarcated, with “hot” spots in blue (residues 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81, and 89), and “cold” spots in green (residues 30, 43, 77, and 82). Residues contained within CDR1 and 2 are boxed.
- the CDR3 is that of the original structure, and not from any VH4 rearrangement discussed here.
- VH4-expressing B cell population harbors autoreactive B cells (Koelsch et al., 2007), combined with the established observation that VH4-expressing B cells are overrepresented in CNS-derived B cell populations from MS patients (Colombo et al., 2000; Owens et al., 2003; Qin et al., 1998; Ritchie et al., 2004; Baranzini et al., 1999; Owens et al., 1998; Harp et al., 2007; Owens et al., 2007), prompted us to question the role of VH4-expressing B cells in the CSF of MS patients.
- VH4-expressing B cells from the CSF of MS patients could be enriched for features associated with autoreactivity since (i) VH4 expressing B cells from patients with autoimmune diseases (including SLE and RA) are enriched for autoreactivity (Pugh-Bernard et al., 2001; Zheng et al., 2004; Mockridge et al., 2004; Voswinkel et al., 1997; Hayashi et al., 2007; Huang et al., 1998), and (ii) some autoreactive, clonally-expanded CSF-derived B cells from MS patients use VH4 in their antibody rearrangements (Lambracht-Washington et al., 2007).
- the inventor constructed an extensive CSF B cell database containing 405 CSF-derived B cells from 13 MS patients.
- Overrepresentation of VH4-expressing CD19+ B cells in the CSF of MS patients was unique since VH4 overrepresentation was not observed in B cell repertoires from the peripheral blood of (i) healthy control donors, (ii) patients with other autoimmune diseases with B cell involvement, including systemic lupus erythematosis (SLE) or Sjögren's syndrome, or (iii) MS patients from the same cohort.
- SLE systemic lupus erythematosis
- Sjögren's syndrome systemic lupus erythematosis
- VH4-expressing B cells are selected into the CSF B cell repertoire of MS patients in particular, and is further validated by the high mutational frequencies and punctuated mutational targeting observed in this population.
- VH4 family usage would correspond to an increase in particular VH4 genes used most frequently in MS lesions and in the clones found in MSCSF such as 4-34, 4-39 and 4-59 (Monson et al., 2005; Owens et al., 1998).
- usage frequency of individual VH4 genes within the VH4-expressing CSF B cell subdatabase was no different than in PB of any cohort the inventor analyzed with the exception of VH4-34, which was utilized more frequently in SLE and Sjögren's than in MSCSF. It is possible that B cells from the MS patients examined were responding to a variety of VH4-binding antigens, so that the combination of these made an increase in a single gene indeterminable.
- VH4 genes may bind to the VH4 genes and cause a superantigen response in only the B cells expressing VH4, similarly to what is seen with staphylococcal enterotoxin A with VH3-expressing B cells (Domiati-Saad and Lipsky, 1998).
- superantigen binding capacity is diminished with high mutation accumulation (Oppezzo et al., 2004), and so a classical superantigen response is unlikely.
- EBV infected memory B cells tend to have high mutational frequencies and prevalent mutational targeting (Souza et al., 2007) similar to what we described in the MSCSF database presented here, but no mechanism of EBV infection susceptibility or immune response to the virus has been reported that favors VH4-expressing B cells over other heavy chain family expression. Nevertheless, the elevated mutational frequency observed in VH4-expressing B cells from the CSF of MS patients extends the inventor's previous hypothesis that CSF-derived B cells responding to antigen in the CNS are heavily driven within the CNS itself to suggest that much of this heightened activity is occurring within the VH4-expressing CSF-derived B cell populations. Whether these B cells are responding to self-antigens or valid foreign targets remains controversial.
- Hyperintense mutation accumulation in the MSCSF database enabled the inventor to identify a unique 5 codon signature of VH4 replacement mutations—codons 31B, 40, 57, 60 and 69—that was not observed in the control databases. Of these 5 codons, 31B was particularly interesting because it accumulated replacement mutations at a rate 7-fold higher than expected, suggesting that this codon plays a pivotal role in antigen-antibody interactions.
- MBP myelin basic protein
- Codon composition can also influence the protein structure of antibody variable regions (Chothia et al., 1992).
- VH4-34 and 4-59 have a similar structure, as they have neither codons 31A or 31B; VH4-04, 4-B, and 4-28 have only codon 31A; and the 4-30 sub-genes, 4-39, 4-61, and 4-31 have both codons 31A and 31B.
- FIG. 7 shows several crucial codons are needed to maintain structure; none of the VH4 signature codons are key residues that would change the structure of the antibody (Chothia et al., 1992; Chothia and Lesk, 1987).
- CDR1 is comprised of residues 26 through 32 because these are outside the framework ⁇ -sheets and form a loop involved in the antigen binding pocket, and CDR2 is only residues 50 through 58; this translates into codon 30, 31B, 52, 56, and 57 are all in direct contact with the antigen ( FIG. 5 ), while 60 is between the antigen binding pocket and another surface loop not directly involved with antigen binding (Chothia et al., 1992).
- codons 30 and 52 are likely “cold,” to maintain efficient antibody interaction with the antigen, while variation in codons 31B (in the few genes it is in), 56, and 57 provide more effective binding to their antigen with different size, hydrophilicity, or polarity properties. It is less clear why residues 40, 69, 81, and 89 are “hot” or residue 68 is “cold,” and how replacement mutations at these positions affect VH4 antigen binding ( FIG. 5 ). Investigating the impact of replacement mutations at these positions will provide important clues regarding the interaction of these VH4 utilizing antibodies with self-antigens in the CNS.
- VH4 genes do selectively use the MS signature mutations at varying levels; for example, VH4-30 has more mutations in codons 56 and 81, while VH4-39 tends to accumulate mutations more rapidly in codons 31B, 50, 56, and 81 (Table 6).
- VH4 family usage is substantially increased in both CD19+ B cells and CD138+ plasma cells isolated from the central nervous system of MS patients, ( FIG. 1 and (Owens et al., 2007)), but as shown here, not in healthy controls, patients with other CNS-related diseases, or patients with other B cell related autoimmune diseases.
- the VH4 overexpression seen in the MS patients is due to changes in use of many of the genes in the VH4 family (rather than VH4-34 alone), and mutational analysis suggests that antigen-driven selection in the context of classical germinal centers is preserved.
- the VH4 expressing B cells from the CSF of MS patients are not dysregulated at this level of selection.
- the normal immune system has the ability to generate millions of antibodies with different antigen binding abilities.
- the diversity is brought about by the complexities of constructing immunoglobulin molecules. These molecules consist of paired polypeptide chains (heavy and light) each containing a constant and a variable region.
- the structures of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains are specified by immunoglobulin V genes.
- the heavy chain variable region is derived from three gene segments known as VH, D and JH. In humans there are about 100 different VH segments, over 20 D segments and six JH segments.
- the light chain genes have only two segments, the VL and JL segments.
- Antibody diversity is the result of random combinations of VH/D/JH segments with VUJL components superimposed on which are several mechanisms including junctional diversity and somatic mutation.
- the germline VH genes can be separated into at least six families (VH1 through VH6) based on DNA nucleotide sequence identity of the first 95 to 101 amino acids. Members of the same family typically have ⁇ 80% sequence identity, whereas members of different families have less than 70% identity. These families range in size from one VH6 gene to an estimated greater than 45 VH3 genes.
- VH4 family of genes contains 9 different members: 4-04, 4-28, 4-30, 4-31, 4-34, 4-39, 4-59, 4-61, 4-B4 (see FIG. 7 ).
- the present invention relates to identifcation of a “signature” in the VH4 sequences of certain B cells.
- the sequence signature initially comprises residues 31B, 56 and/or 81, but also can include one or more of residues 30, 40, 52, 57, 60, 68, 69 and 89 ( FIG. 7 ). By examining the sequence at these positions, and identifying mutations at one or more of the positions, it can be determined that a subject is at risk of developing MS and, in the presence of additional factors, has MS.
- Another aspect of the present invention concerns isolated DNA segments and their use in detecting the presence of mutations in certain codons of the VH4 segments from a subject.
- Many methods described herein will involve the use of amplification primers, oligonucleotide probes, and other nucleic acid elements involved in the analysis of genomic DNA, cDNA or mRNA transcripts, such as SEQ ID NO:2, which is the germline or normal sequence of VH4 family genes.
- nucleic acid is well known in the art.
- a “nucleic acid” as used herein will generally refer to a molecule (i.e., a strand) of DNA or RNA comprising a nucleobase.
- a nucleobase includes, for example, a naturally-occurring purine or pyrimidine base found in DNA (e.g., an adenine “A,” a guanine “G,” a thymine “T” or a cytosine “C”) or RNA (e.g., an A, a G, an uracil “U” or a C).
- nucleic acid encompass the terms “oligonucleotide” and “polynucleotide,” each as a subgenus of the term “nucleic acid.”
- oligonucleotide refers to a molecule of between about 3 and about 100 nucleobases in length.
- polynucleotide refers to at least one molecule of greater than about 100 nucleobases in length.
- a “gene” refers to coding sequence of a gene product, as well as introns and the promoter of the gene product.
- nucleic acid may encompass a double-stranded molecule that comprises complementary strands or “complements” of a particular sequence comprising a molecule.
- a nucleic acid encodes a protein or polypeptide, or a portion thereof.
- a nucleic acid may be made by any technique known to one of ordinary skill in the art, such as for example, chemical synthesis, enzymatic production or biological production.
- a synthetic nucleic acid e.g., a synthetic oligonucleotide
- Non-limiting examples of a synthetic nucleic acid include a nucleic acid made by in vitro chemical synthesis using phosphotriester, phosphite or phosphoramidite chemistry and solid phase techniques such as described in EP 266,032, incorporated herein by reference, or via deoxynucleoside H-phosphonate intermediates as described by Froehler et al., 1986 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,705,629, each incorporated herein by reference.
- one or more oligonucleotide may be used.
- Various different mechanisms of oligonucleotide synthesis have been disclosed in for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,659,774, 4,816,571, 5,141,813, 5,264,566, 4,959,463, 5,428,148, 5,554,744, 5,574,146, 5,602,244, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- a non-limiting example of an enzymatically produced nucleic acid include one produced by enzymes in amplification reactions such as PCRTM (see for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,682,195, each incorporated herein by reference), or the synthesis of an oligonucleotide described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,645,897, incorporated herein by reference.
- a non-limiting example of a biologically produced nucleic acid includes a recombinant nucleic acid produced (i.e., replicated) in a living cell, such as a recombinant DNA vector replicated in bacteria (see for example, Sambrook et al. 2001, incorporated herein by reference).
- a nucleic acid may be purified on polyacrylamide gels, cesium chloride centrifugation gradients, chromatography columns or by any other means known to one of ordinary skill in the art (see for example, Sambrook et al., 2001, incorporated herein by reference).
- a nucleic acid is a pharmacologically acceptable nucleic acid.
- Pharmacologically acceptable compositions are known to those of skill in the art, and are described herein.
- the present invention concerns a nucleic acid that is an isolated nucleic acid.
- isolated nucleic acid refers to a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., an RNA or DNA molecule) that has been isolated free of, or is otherwise free of, the bulk of the total genomic and transcribed nucleic acids of one or more cells.
- isolated nucleic acid refers to a nucleic acid that has been isolated free of, or is otherwise free of, bulk of cellular components or in vitro reaction components such as for example, macromolecules such as lipids or proteins, small biological molecules, and the like.
- the present invention encompasses a nucleic acid that is complementary to a nucleic acid.
- a nucleic acid is “complements” or is “complementary” to another nucleic acid when it is capable of base-pairing with another nucleic acid according to the standard Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reverse Hoogsteen binding complementarity rules.
- another nucleic acid may refer to a separate molecule or a spatial separated sequence of the same molecule.
- a complement is a hybridization probe or amplification primer for the detection of a nucleic acid polymorphism.
- complementary also refers to a nucleic acid comprising a sequence of consecutive nucleobases or semiconsecutive nucleobases (e.g., one or more nucleobase moieties are not present in the molecule) capable of hybridizing to another nucleic acid strand or duplex even if less than all the nucleobases do not base pair with a counterpart nucleobase.
- semiconsecutive nucleobases e.g., one or more nucleobase moieties are not present in the molecule
- completely complementary nucleic acids are preferred.
- nucleic acid molecules may be double-stranded molecules and that reference to a particular site on one strand refers, as well, to the corresponding site on a complementary strand.
- reference to an adenine, a thymine (uridine), a cytosine, or a guanine at a particular site on the plus (sense or coding) strand of a nucleic acid molecule is also intended to include the thymine (uridine), adenine, guanine, or cytosine (respectively) at the corresponding site on a minus (antisense or noncoding) strand of a complementary strand of a nucleic acid molecule.
- the nucleic acid mixture is isolated from a biological sample taken from the individual, such as a blood, fecal or tissue (e.g., intestinal mucosal) sample using standard techniques such as disclosed in Jones (1963) which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- tissue samples include whole blood, saliva, tears, urine, sweat, buccal, skin and hair.
- the nucleic acid mixture may be comprised of genomic DNA, mRNA, or cDNA.
- mRNA or cDNA preparations would not be used to detect polymorphisms located in introns or in 5′ and 3′ non-transcribed regions.
- the identity of a nucleotide (or nucleotide pair) at a polymorphic site may be determined by amplifying a target region(s) containing the polymorphic site(s) directly from one or both copies of the gene present in the individual and the sequence of the amplified region(s) determined by conventional methods. It will be readily appreciated by the skilled artisan that only one nucleotide will be detected at a polymorphic site in individuals who are homozygous at that site, while two different nucleotides will be detected if the individual is heterozygous for that site.
- the polymorphism may be identified directly, known as positive-type identification, or by inference, referred to as negative-type identification.
- a site may be positively determined to be either guanine or cytosine for an individual homozygous at that site, or both guanine and cytosine, if the individual is heterozygous at that site.
- the site may be negatively determined to be not guanine (and thus cytosine/cytosine) or not cytosine (and thus guanine/guanine).
- the target region(s) may be amplified using any oligonucleotide-directed amplification method, including but not limited to polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,188), ligase chain reaction (LCR) (Barany et al., 1991; WO90/01069), and oligonucleotide ligation assay (OLA) (Landegren et al., 1988). Oligonucleotides useful as primers or probes in such methods should specifically hybridize to a region of the nucleic acid that contains or is adjacent to the polymorphic site.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- LCR ligase chain reaction
- OLA oligonucleotide ligation assay
- the oligonucleotides are between 10 and 35 nucleotides in length and preferably, between 15 and 30 nucleotides in length. Most preferably, the oligonucleotides are 20 to 25 nucleotides long. The exact length of the oligonucleotide will depend on many factors that are routinely considered and practiced by the skilled artisan.
- nucleic acid amplification procedures may be used to amplify the target region including transcription-based amplification systems (U.S. Pat. No. 5,130,238; EP 329,822; U.S. Pat. No. 5,169,766, WO89/06700) and isothermal methods (Walker et al., 1992).
- a polymorphism in the target region may also be assayed before or after amplification using one of several hybridization-based methods known in the art.
- allele-specific oligonucleotides are utilized in performing such methods.
- the allele-specific oligonucleotides may be used as differently labeled probe pairs, with one member of the pair showing a perfect match to one variant of a target sequence and the other member showing a perfect match to a different variant.
- more than one polymorphic site may be detected at once using a set of allele-specific oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide pairs.
- Hybridization of an allele-specific oligonucleotide to a target polynucleotide may be performed with both entities in solution, or such hybridization may be performed when either the oligonucleotide or the target polynucleotide is covalently or noncovalently affixed to a solid support. Attachment may be mediated, for example, by antibody-antigen interactions, poly-L-Lys, streptavidin or avidin-biotin, salt bridges, hydrophobic interactions, chemical linkages, UV cross-linking baking, etc. Allele-specific oligonucleotides may be synthesized directly on the solid support or attached to the solid support subsequent to synthesis.
- Solid-supports suitable for use in detection methods of the invention include substrates made of silicon, glass, plastic, paper and the like, which may be formed, for example, into wells (as in 96-well plates), slides, sheets, membranes, fibers, chips, dishes, and beads.
- the solid support may be treated, coated or derivatized to facilitate the immobilization of the allele-specific oligonucleotide or target nucleic acid.
- the genotype for one or more polymorphic sites in the gene of an individual may also be determined by hybridization of one or both copies of the gene, or a fragment thereof, to nucleic acid arrays and subarrays such as described in WO 95/11995.
- the arrays would contain a battery of allele-specific oligonucleotides representing each of the polymorphic sites to be included in the genotype or haplotype.
- polymorphisms may also be determined using a mismatch detection technique, including but not limited to the RNase protection method using riboprobes (Winter et al., 1985; Meyers et al., 1985) and proteins which recognize nucleotide mismatches, such as the E. coli mutS protein (Modrich, 1991).
- variant alleles can be identified by single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) analysis (Orita et al., 1989; Humphries, et al., 1996) or denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) (Wartell et al., 1990; Sheffield et al., 1989).
- SSCP single strand conformation polymorphism
- DGGE denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis
- a polymerase-mediated primer extension method may also be used to identify the polymorphism(s).
- Extended primers containing a polymorphism may be detected by mass spectrometry as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,798.
- Another primer extension method is allele-specific PCR (Ruano et al., 1989; Ruano et al., 1991; WO 93/22456; Turki et al., 1995).
- a probe or primer of between 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 nucleotides, preferably between 17 and 100 nucleotides in length, or in some aspects of the invention up to 1-2 kilobases or more in length, allows the formation of a duplex molecule that is both stable and selective.
- Molecules having complementary sequences over contiguous stretches greater than 20 bases in length are generally preferred, to increase stability and/or selectivity of the hybrid molecules obtained.
- One will generally prefer to design nucleic acid molecules for hybridization having one or more complementary sequences of 20 to 30 nucleotides, or even longer where desired.
- Such fragments may be readily prepared, for example, by directly synthesizing the fragment by chemical means or by introducing selected sequences into recombinant vectors for recombinant production.
- nucleotide sequences of the invention may be used for their ability to selectively form duplex molecules with complementary stretches of DNAs and/or RNAs or to provide primers for amplification of DNA or RNA from samples.
- relatively high stringency conditions For applications requiring high selectivity, one will typically desire to employ relatively high stringency conditions to form the hybrids.
- relatively low salt and/or high temperature conditions such as provided by about 0.02 M to about 0.10 M NaCl at temperatures of about 50° C. to about 70° C.
- Such high stringency conditions tolerate little, if any, mismatch between the probe or primers and the template or target strand and would be particularly suitable for isolating specific genes or for detecting a specific polymorphism. It is generally appreciated that conditions can be rendered more stringent by the addition of increasing amounts of formamide.
- hybridization to filter-bound DNA may be carried out in 0.5 M NaHPO 4 , 7% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), 1 mM EDTA at 65° C., and washing in 0.1 ⁇ SSC/0.1% SDS at 68° C. (Ausubel et al., 1989).
- Conditions may be rendered less stringent by increasing salt concentration and/or decreasing temperature.
- a medium stringency condition could be provided by about 0.1 to 0.25 M NaCl at temperatures of about 37° C. to about 55° C.
- a low stringency condition could be provided by about 0.15 M to about 0.9 M salt, at temperatures ranging from about 20° C. to about 55° C.
- the washing may be carried out for example in 0.2 ⁇ SSC/0.1% SDS at 42° C. (Ausubel et al., 1989).
- Hybridization conditions can be readily manipulated depending on the desired results.
- hybridization may be achieved under conditions of, for example, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 75 mM KCl, 3 mM MgCl 2 , 1.0 mM dithiothreitol, at temperatures between approximately 20° C. to about 37° C.
- Other hybridization conditions utilized could include approximately 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl, 1.5 mM MgCl 2 , at temperatures ranging from approximately 40° C. to about 72° C.
- nucleic acids of defined sequences of the present invention in combination with an appropriate means, such as a label, for determining hybridization.
- appropriate indicator means include fluorescent, radioactive, enzymatic or other ligands, such as avidin/biotin, which are capable of being detected.
- colorimetric indicator substrates are known that can be employed to provide a detection means that is visibly or spectrophotometrically detectable, to identify specific hybridization with complementary nucleic acid containing samples.
- a particular nuclease cleavage site may be present and detection of a particular nucleotide sequence can be determined by the presence or absence of nucleic acid cleavage.
- the probes or primers described herein will be useful as reagents in solution hybridization, as in PCR, for detection of expression or genotype of corresponding genes, as well as in embodiments employing a solid phase.
- the test DNA or RNA
- the test DNA is adsorbed or otherwise affixed to a selected matrix or surface.
- This fixed, single-stranded nucleic acid is then subjected to hybridization with selected probes under desired conditions.
- the conditions selected will depend on the particular circumstances (depending, for example, on the G+C content, type of target nucleic acid, source of nucleic acid, size of hybridization probe, etc.).
- hybridization After washing of the hybridized molecules to remove non-specifically bound probe molecules, hybridization is detected, and/or quantified, by determining the amount of bound label.
- Representative solid phase hybridization methods are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,843,663, 5,900,481 and 5,919,626.
- Other methods of hybridization that may be used in the practice of the present invention are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,849,481, 5,849,486 and 5,851,772. The relevant portions of these and other references identified in this section of the Specification are incorporated herein by reference.
- Nucleic acids used as a template for amplification may be isolated from cells, tissues or other samples according to standard methodologies (Sambrook et al., 2001). In certain embodiments, analysis is performed on whole cell or tissue homogenates or biological fluid samples with or without substantial purification of the template nucleic acid.
- the nucleic acid may be genomic DNA or fractionated or whole cell RNA. Where RNA is used, it may be desired to first convert the RNA to a complementary DNA.
- primer is meant to encompass any nucleic acid that is capable of priming the synthesis of a nascent nucleic acid in a template-dependent process.
- primers are oligonucleotides from ten to twenty and/or thirty base pairs in length, but longer sequences can be employed.
- Primers may be provided in double-stranded and/or single-stranded form, although the single-stranded form is preferred.
- Pairs of primers designed to selectively hybridize to nucleic acids corresponding to the variable heavy chain gene locus, variants and fragments thereof are contacted with the template nucleic acid under conditions that permit selective hybridization.
- high stringency hybridization conditions may be selected that will only allow hybridization to sequences that are completely complementary to the primers.
- hybridization may occur under reduced stringency to allow for amplification of nucleic acids that contain one or more mismatches with the primer sequences.
- the template-primer complex is contacted with one or more enzymes that facilitate template-dependent nucleic acid synthesis. Multiple rounds of amplification, also referred to as “cycles,” are conducted until a sufficient amount of amplification product is produced.
- the amplification product may be detected, analyzed or quantified.
- the detection may be performed by visual means.
- the detection may involve indirect identification of the product via chemiluminescence, radioactive scintigraphy of incorporated radiolabel or fluorescent label or even via a system using electrical and/or thermal impulse signals (Affymax technology; Bellus, 1994).
- PCRTM polymerase chain reaction
- Primer extension which may be used as a stand alone technique or in combination with other methods (such as PCR), requires a labeled primer (usually 20-50 nucleotides in length) which is complementary to a region near the 5′ end of the gene.
- the primer is allowed to anneal to the RNA and reverse transcriptase is used to synthesize complementary cDNA to the RNA until it reaches the 5′ end of the RNA.
- LCR ligase chain reaction
- European Application No. 320 308 incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,883,750 describes a method similar to LCR for binding probe pairs to a target sequence.
- a method based on PCRTM and oligonucleotide ligase assay (OLA) (described in further detail below), disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,148, may also be used.
- SDA Strand Displacement Amplification
- nucleic acid amplification procedures include transcription-based amplification systems (TAS), including nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA) and 3SR (Kwoh et al., 1989; PCT Application WO 88/10315, incorporated herein by reference in their entirety).
- TAS transcription-based amplification systems
- NASBA nucleic acid sequence based amplification
- 3SR 3SR
- European Application 329 822 disclose a nucleic acid amplification process involving cyclically synthesizing single-stranded RNA (“ssRNA”), ssDNA, and double-stranded DNA (dsDNA), which may be used in accordance with the present invention.
- ssRNA single-stranded RNA
- dsDNA double-stranded DNA
- PCT Application WO 89/06700 disclose a nucleic acid sequence amplification scheme based on the hybridization of a promoter region/primer sequence to a target single-stranded DNA (“ssDNA”) followed by transcription of many RNA copies of the sequence. This scheme is not cyclic, i.e., new templates are not produced from the resultant RNA transcripts.
- Other amplification methods include “RACE” and “one-sided PCR” (Frohman, 1990; Ohara et al., 1989).
- Real-time polymerase chain reaction also called quantitative real time polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) or kinetic polymerase chain reaction
- qPCR quantitative real time polymerase chain reaction
- kinetic polymerase chain reaction is a laboratory technique based on the polymerase chain reaction, which is used to amplify and simultaneously quantify a targeted DNA molecule. It enables both detection and quantification (as absolute number of copies or relative amount when normalized to DNA input or additional normalizing genes) of a specific sequence in a DNA sample.
- the procedure follows the general principle of polymerase chain reaction; its key feature is that the amplified DNA is quantified as it accumulates in the reaction in real time after each amplification cycle.
- Two common methods of quantification are the use of fluorescent dyes that intercalate with double-stranded DNA, and modified DNA oligonucleotide probes that fluoresce when hybridized with a complementary DNA.
- real-time polymerase chain reaction is combined with reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction to quantify low abundance messenger RNA (mRNA), enabling a researcher to quantify relative gene expression at a particular time, or in a particular cell or tissue type.
- mRNA messenger RNA
- real-time quantitative polymerase chain reaction is often marketed as RT-PCR, it should not be confused with reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction, also known as RT-PCR.
- a DNA-binding dye binds to all double-stranded (ds)DNA in a PCR reaction, causing fluorescence of the dye.
- An increase in DNA product during PCR therefore leads to an increase in fluorescence intensity and is measured at each cycle, thus allowing DNA concentrations to be quantified.
- dsDNA dyes such as SYBR Green will bind to all dsDNA PCR products, including non-specific PCR products (such as “primer dimers”). This can potentially interfere with or prevent accurate quantification of the intended target sequence.
- the reaction is prepared as usual, with the addition of fluorescent dsDNA dye.
- the reaction is run in a thermocycler, and after each cycle, the levels of fluorescence are measured with a detector; the dye only fluoresces when bound to the dsDNA (i.e., the PCR product).
- the dsDNA concentration in the PCR can be determined.
- the values obtained do not have absolute units associated with it (i.e. mRNA copies/cell).
- absolute units i.e. mRNA copies/cell.
- a comparison of a measured DNA/RNA sample to a standard dilution will only give a fraction or ratio of the sample relative to the standard, allowing only relative comparisons between different tissues or experimental conditions.
- fluorescent reporter probes is the most accurate and most reliable of the methods, but also the most expensive. It uses a sequence-specific RNA or DNA-based probe to quantify only the DNA containing the probe sequence; therefore, use of the reporter probe significantly increases specificity, and allows quantification even in the presence of some non-specific DNA amplification. This potentially allows for multiplexing—assaying for several genes in the same reaction by using specific probes with different-coloured labels, provided that all genes are amplified with similar efficiency.
- RNA-based probe with a fluorescent reporter at one end and a quencher of fluorescence at the opposite end of the probe.
- the close proximity of the reporter to the quencher prevents detection of its fluorescence; breakdown of the probe by the 5′ to 3′ exonuclease activity of the taq polymerase breaks the reporter-quencher proximity and thus allows unquenched emission of fluorescence, which can be detected.
- An increase in the product targeted by the reporter probe at each PCR cycle therefore causes a proportional increase in fluorescence due to the breakdown of the probe and release of the reporter.
- the PCR reaction is prepared as usual (see PCR), and the reporter probe is added. As the reaction commences, during the annealing stage of the PCR both probe and primers anneal to the DNA target. Polymerisation of a new DNA strand is initiated from the primers, and once the polymerase reaches the probe, its 5′-3-exonuclease degrades the probe, physically separating the fluorescent reporter from the quencher, resulting in an increase in fluorescence.
- Fluorescence is detected and measured in the real-time PCR thermocycler, and its geometric increase corresponding to exponential increase of the product is used to determine the threshold cycle (C T ) in each reaction.
- Quantitating gene expression by traditional methods presents several problems. Firstly, detection of mRNA on a Northern blot or PCR products on a gel or Southern blot is time-consuming and does not allow precise quantitation. Also, over the 20-40 cycles of a typical PCR reaction, the amount of product reaches a plateau determined more by the amount of primers in the reaction mix than by the input template/sample.
- Relative concentrations of DNA present during the exponential phase of the reaction are determined by plotting fluorescence against cycle number on a logarithmic scale (so an exponentially increasing quantity will give a straight line).
- a threshold for detection of fluorescence above background is determined.
- RNA or DNA are then determined by comparing the results to a standard curve produced by RT-PCR of serial dilutions (e.g., undiluted, 1:4, 1:16, 1:64) of a known amount of RNA or DNA.
- a standard curve produced by RT-PCR of serial dilutions (e.g., undiluted, 1:4, 1:16, 1:64) of a known amount of RNA or DNA.
- the measured amount of RNA from the gene of interest is divided by the amount of RNA from a housekeeping gene measured in the same sample to normalize for possible variation in the amount and quality of RNA between different samples.
- This normalization permits accurate comparison of expression of the gene of interest between different samples, provided that the expression of the reference (housekeeping) gene used in the normalization is very similar across all the samples. Choosing a reference gene fulfilling this criterion is therefore of high importance, and often challenging, because only very few genes show equal levels of expression across a range of different conditions or tissues.
- amplification products are separated by agarose, agarose-acrylamide or polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis using standard methods (Sambrook et al., 2001). Separated amplification products may be cut out and eluted from the gel for further manipulation. Using low melting point agarose gels, the separated band may be removed by heating the gel, followed by extraction of the nucleic acid.
- Separation of nucleic acids may also be effected by spin columns and/or chromatographic techniques known in art.
- chromatographic techniques There are many kinds of chromatography which may be used in the practice of the present invention, including adsorption, partition, ion-exchange, hydroxylapatite, molecular sieve, reverse-phase, column, paper, thin-layer, and gas chromatography as well as HPLC.
- the amplification products are visualized, with or without separation.
- a typical visualization method involves staining of a gel with ethidium bromide and visualization of bands under UV light.
- the amplification products are integrally labeled with radio- or fluorometrically-labeled nucleotides, the separated amplification products can be exposed to x-ray film or visualized under the appropriate excitatory spectra.
- a labeled nucleic acid probe is brought into contact with the amplified marker sequence.
- the probe preferably is conjugated to a chromophore but may be radiolabeled.
- the probe is conjugated to a binding partner, such as an antibody or biotin, or another binding partner carrying a detectable moiety.
- detection is by Southern blotting and hybridization with a labeled probe.
- the techniques involved in Southern blotting are well known to those of skill in the art (see Sambrook et al., 2001).
- One example of the foregoing is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,279,721, incorporated by reference herein, which discloses an apparatus and method for the automated electrophoresis and transfer of nucleic acids.
- the apparatus permits electrophoresis and blotting without external manipulation of the gel and is ideally suited to carrying out methods according to the present invention.
- DGGE denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis
- RFLP restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis
- SSCP single-strand conformation polymorphism analysis
- mismatch is defined as a region of one or more unpaired or mispaired nucleotides in a double-stranded RNA/RNA, RNA/DNA or DNA/DNA molecule. This definition thus includes mismatches due to insertion/deletion mutations, as well as single or multiple base point mutations.
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,773 describes an RNase A mismatch cleavage assay that involves annealing single-stranded DNA or RNA test samples to an RNA probe, and subsequent treatment of the nucleic acid duplexes with RNase A. For the detection of mismatches, the single-stranded products of the RNase A treatment, electrophoretically separated according to size, are compared to similarly treated control duplexes. Samples containing smaller fragments (cleavage products) not seen in the control duplex are scored as positive.
- RNase I in mismatch assays.
- the use of RNase I for mismatch detection is described in literature from Promega Biotech. Promega markets a kit containing RNase I that is reported to cleave three out of four known mismatches. Others have described using the MutS protein or other DNA-repair enzymes for detection of single-base mismatches.
- VNTRs variable nucleotide type polymorphisms
- RFLPs restriction fragment length polymorphisms
- SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
- SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
- SNPs are the most common genetic variations and occur once every 100 to 300 bases and several SNP mutations have been found that affect a single nucleotide in a protein-encoding gene in a manner sufficient to actually cause a genetic disease.
- SNP diseases are exemplified by hemophilia, sickle-cell anemia, hereditary hemochromatosis, late-onset Alzheimer's disease, etc.
- SNPs can be characterized by the use of any of these methods or suitable modification thereof.
- Such methods include the direct or indirect sequencing of the site, the use of restriction enzymes where the respective alleles of the site create or destroy a restriction site, the use of allele-specific hybridization probes, the use of antibodies that are specific for the proteins encoded by the different alleles of the polymorphism, or any other biochemical interpretation.
- the most commonly used method of characterizing a polymorphism is direct DNA sequencing of the genetic locus that flanks and includes the polymorphism. Such analysis can be accomplished using either the “dideoxy-mediated chain termination method,” also known as the “Sanger Method” (Sanger et al., 1975) or the “chemical degradation method,” also known as the “Maxam-Gilbert method” (Maxam et al., 1977). Sequencing in combination with genomic sequence-specific amplification technologies, such as the polymerase chain reaction may be utilized to facilitate the recovery of the desired genes (Mullis et al., 1986; European Patent Application 50,424; European Patent Application. 84,796, European Patent Application 258,017, European Patent Application. 237,362; European Patent Application. 201,184; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,202; 4,582,788; and 4,683,194), all of the above incorporated herein by reference.
- nucleotide-resistant nucleotide derivative U.S. Pat. No. 4,656,127.
- a primer complementary to an allelic sequence immediately 3′- to the polymorphic site is hybridized to the DNA under investigation. If the polymorphic site on the DNA contains a nucleotide that is complementary to the particular exonucleotide-resistant nucleotide derivative present, then that derivative will be incorporated by a polymerase onto the end of the hybridized primer. Such incorporation makes the primer resistant to exonuclease cleavage and thereby permits its detection. As the identity of the exonucleotide-resistant derivative is known one can determine the specific nucleotide present in the polymorphic site of the DNA.
- French Patent 2,650,840 and PCT Application WO91/02087 discuss a solution-based method for determining the identity of the nucleotide of a polymorphic site. According to these methods, a primer complementary to allelic sequences immediately 3′- to a polymorphic site is used. The identity of the nucleotide of that site is determined using labeled dideoxynucleotide derivatives which are incorporated at the end of the primer if complementary to the nucleotide of the polymorphic site.
- PCT Application WO92/15712 describes a method that uses mixtures of labeled terminators and a primer that is complementary to the sequence 3′ to a polymorphic site.
- the labeled terminator that is incorporated is complementary to the nucleotide present in the polymorphic site of the target molecule being evaluated and is thus identified.
- the primer or the target molecule is immobilized to a solid phase.
- OLA Oligonucleotide Ligation Assay
- oligonucleotides capable of hybridizing to abutting sequences of a single strand of a target DNA are used.
- One of these oligonucleotides is biotinylated while the other is detectably labeled. If the precise complementary sequence is found in a target molecule, the oligonucleotides will hybridize such that their termini abut, and create a ligation substrate. Ligation permits the recovery of the labeled oligonucleotide by using avidin.
- Other nucleic acid detection assays, based on this method, combined with PCR have also been described (Nickerson et al., 1990). Here, PCR is used to achieve the exponential amplification of target DNA, which is then detected using the OLA.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,952,174 describes a method that also involves two primers capable of hybridizing to abutting sequences of a target molecule.
- the hybridized product is formed on a solid support to which the target is immobilized.
- the hybridization occurs such that the primers are separated from one another by a space of a single nucleotide.
- Incubating this hybridized product in the presence of a polymerase, a ligase, and a nucleoside triphosphate mixture containing at least one deoxynucleoside triphosphate allows the ligation of any pair of abutting hybridized oligonucleotides. Addition of a ligase results in two events required to generate a signal, extension and ligation.
- this method enhances the specificity of the polymerase step by combining it with a second hybridization and a ligation step for a signal to be attached to the solid phase.
- Invasive cleavage reactions can be used to evaluate cellular DNA for a particular polymorphism.
- a technology called INVADER® employs such reactions (e.g., de Arruda et al., 2002; Stevens et al., 2003, which are incorporated by reference).
- upstream oligo an oligonucleotide upstream of the target site
- probe a probe oligonucleotide covering the target site
- target a single-stranded DNA with the target site
- the upstream oligo and probe do not overlap but they contain contiguous sequences.
- the probe contains a donor fluorophore, such as fluoroscein, and an acceptor dye, such as Dabcyl.
- a donor fluorophore such as fluoroscein
- an acceptor dye such as Dabcyl
- the nucleotide at the 3′ terminal end of the upstream oligo overlaps (“invades”) the first base pair of a probe-target duplex. Then the probe is cleaved by a structure-specific 5′ nuclease causing separation of the fluorophore/quencher pair, which increases the amount of fluorescence that can be detected. See Lu et al. (2004).
- the assay is conducted on a solid-surface or in an array format.
- MS Multiple Sclerosis
- the plaques or lesions where myelin is lost appear as hardened, scar-like areas. These scars appear at different times and in different areas of the brain and spinal cord, hence the term “multiple” sclerosis, literally meaning many scars.
- MS encephalomyelitis
- Lyme disease HIV-associated myelopathy
- HTLV-1-associated myelopathy neurosyphilis
- progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy systemic lupus erythematosus
- polyarteritis nodosa polyarteritis nodosa
- Sjögren's syndrome Behçet's disease
- sarcoidosis paraneoplastic syndromes
- subacute combined degeneration of cord subacute myelo-optic neuropathy, adrenomyeloneuropathy, spinocerebellar syndromes
- hereditary spastic paraparesis/primary lateral sclerosis strokes, tumors, arteriovenous malformations, arachnoid cysts, Arnold-Chiari malformations,
- MS Generally, diagnosis of MS relies on two criteria. First, there must have been two attacks at least one month apart. An attack, also known as an exacerbation, flare, or relapse, is a sudden appearance of or worsening of an MS symptom or symptoms which lasts at least 24 hours. Second, there must be more than one area of damage to central nervous system myelin sheath. Damage to sheath must have occurred at more than one point in time and not have been caused by any other disease that can cause demyelination or similar neurologic symptoms. MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) currently is the preferred method of imaging the brain to detect the presence of plaques or scarring caused by MS.
- MRI magnetic resonance imaging
- MS The diagnosis of MS cannot be made, however, solely on the basis of MRI.
- Other diseases can cause comparable lesions in the brain that resemble those caused by MS.
- the appearance of brain lesions by MRI can be quite heterogeneous in different patients, even resembling brain or spinal cord tumors in some.
- a normal MRI scan does not rule out a diagnosis of MS, as a small number of patients with confirmed MS do not show any lesions in the brain on MRI.
- These individuals often have spinal cord lesions or lesions which cannot be detected by MRI.
- it is critical that a thorough clinical exam also include a patient history and functional testing. This should cover mental, emotional, and language functions, movement and coordination, vision, balance, and the functions of the five senses.
- Sex, birthplace, family history, and age of the person when symptoms first began are also important considerations.
- Other tests, including evoked potentials (electrical diagnostic studies that may reveal delays in central nervous system conduction times), cerebrospinal fluid (seeking the presence of clonally-expanded immunoglobulin genes, referred to as oligoclonal bands), and blood (to rule out other causes), may be required in certain cases.
- the present invention contemplates the identification of VH4 sequences from B cells obtained from any sample (fluid or tissue) that would contain such cells.
- the present invention will rely on peripheral blood as a source of B cells, given the ease of obtention and the plentiful nature of B cells.
- cerebrospinal fluid provides another potential source of B cells for analysis. Methods for separating and analyzing nucleic acids are provided above.
- corticosteroids such as methylprednisolone
- the aim of this kind of treatment is to end the attack sooner and leave fewer lasting deficits in the patient.
- corticosteroid treatments do not appear to have a significant impact on long-term recovery.
- Potential side effects include osteoporosis and impaired memory, the latter being reversible.
- RRMS relapsing-remitting MS
- CIS clinically isolated syndrome
- the interferons and glatiramer acetate are delivered by frequent injections, varying from once-per-day for glatiramer acetate to once-per-week (but intra-muscular) for Avonex.
- Natalizumab and mitoxantrone are given by IV infusion at monthly intervals.
- Treatment of progressive MS is more difficult than relapsing-remitting MS.
- Mitoxantrone has shown positive effects in patients with a secondary progressive and progressive relapsing courses. It is moderately effective in reducing the progression of the disease and the frequency of relapses in patients in short-term follow-up. On the other hand no treatment has been proven to modify the course of primary progressive MS.
- VH4-antibody therapeutics can be prepared and screened for reactivity using well known techniques. Peptides and peptiods that act as “mimotopes,” or epitope-mimicking structures can be administered and used to sequester the VH4 products away from pathologic interactions. See Reimer & Jensen-Jarolim (2007).
- the HCPB antibody database has been used in multiple studies (Brezinschek et al., 1997; Brezinschek et al., 1998; Dorner et al., 1997; Dorner et al., 1998a; Dorner et al., 1998b; Dorner et al., 1998c; Farner et al., 1999; Hansen et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2000).
- the MSPB database was collected from the peripheral blood of three relapsing remitting MS patients (see Table 7 for brief patient summaries) at the time of CSF sampling. Peripheral blood lymphocytes were isolated by centrifugation in the presence of a Ficoll gradient.
- the patients used to generate the class-switched IgG + CD27 + database are described in Tian et al. (2007) and were collected under the Vanderbilt University Medical Center Institutional Review Board. The sequences were re-confirmed by the inventor's laboratory using IgBlast for gene usage, mutational number, and mutational codon location and type (replacement or silent). These sequences were combined with sequences from the HCPB database described above that contained more than 4 mutations (less than 98% germline sequence), which would represent peripheral memory B cells.
- the HCPB memory (mHCPB) sub-database and the class-switched IgG B cell database did not differ in gene family usage, but did differ in MF.
- the diagnostic lumbar puncture was used as the CSF B cell sort and were collected from UT Southwestern Medical Center, in accordance with UT Southwestern Institutional Review Board.
- Clonally expanded B cells were defined as those VH rearrangements being represented two or more times in the repertoire. Clones were determined by similar VH and JH usage, followed by CDR3 length and composition; mutations were then compared to ensure clonality. In normalized analyses, the clones were only counted a single time, regardless of the number of rearrangements in the repertoire. Two additional MS CD19 + rearrangement sequences used in VH family, VH4 gene, JH usage, overall MF, and CDR3 length numbers were obtained from (Ritchie et al., 2004).
- VH read length was defined as codons 31 through 95 (CDR1 and 2, FR 2 and 3). The 3′ end of the VH gene was defined as codon 95, or as long as the germline variable sequence was present.
- Mutational frequency was determined as the number of mutations as related by germline VH databases (Sequencher 4.5 and IgBlast) and divided by the total read length, not including FR1 in either of these figures. Mutational frequency in CDR or FR was done in the same manner, with the number of mutations in the regions (CDR1 and CDR2; FR2 and FR3) divided by the total number of nucleotides in that region.
- Targeting to DGYW/WRCH motifs was evaluated by mutational frequency in a motif; this number was generated using the number of mutations in a motif divided by the total number of nucleotides in DGYW/WRCH motifs (done by the number of nucleotides in a motif of each gene multiplied by the number of times this gene was used in the repertoire). Only CDR1, FR2, CDR2, and FR3 were included in this analysis.
- Mutational position frequency was calculated as the number of replacement mutations between codons 24 to 95 at each codon divided by the total number of replacement mutations. Codons 24 to 31 of FR1 were included in this analysis because most of the sequences did include these locations, and thus might be biased, but conservatively. Codon domains were defined by Kabat (1987), and codon numbers were defined by Tomlinson in V-base (vbase.mrc-cpe.cam.ac.uk).
- CDR3 length was considered from the end of VH, including the D segment to the beginning of the JH segment, ending at codon 102, as defined by Kabat (1987).
- a human VH4-30.4 antibody structure was obtained from the Protein Data Bank, Chemistry Department, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, N.Y. 11973 (world wide web at rcsb.org) under the identification moniker 1MCO, and adapted using the RasMol program (RasMac v2.6 available at mc2.cchem.berkeley.edu/Rasmol/Sayle and Milner-White, 1995)).
- the structure was described in (Guddat et al., 1993), and deposited in the data bank by the authors.
- the adaptations made were to show only the variable regions (including VDJ), and to highlight the codons included in the signature as described in the figure legends.
- VH4 family used in the MSCSF will be dysregulated.
- the inventor first analyzed whether the VH4 family was overrepresented in our CSF-derived B cell antibody database consisting of 405 sequences from 13 MS patients (patient descriptions in Table 7) and compared it to healthy control B cell repertoires (patient descriptions in Table 8) (Brezinschek et al., Brezinschek et al., 1998; Dorner et al., 1997; Dorner et al., 1998a; Dorner et al., 1998b; Dorner et al., 1998c; Farner et al., 1999; Hansen et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2000).
- HCPB healthy control peripheral blood
- VH3 family genes (61.1%) to generate their antibody repertoire
- VH4 family genes (18.5%)
- VH1 family genes (13.7%)
- FIG. 1A Brezinschek et al., 1995
- VH2 and VH5 family genes are rarely rearranged in B cells from HCPB (2.2% and 4% respectively) (Brezinschek et al., 1995).
- HCPB is composed mostly of na ⁇ ve B cells, which likely have a different family usage signature in comparison to CSF B cells, which are composed mostly of memory B cells (Harp et al., 2007; Cepok et al., 2005).
- VH3 family genes constituted the majority of VH family usage in the repertoire (compare 61.1% in HCPB to 61.5% in mHCPB, p>0.14).
- VH1 and VH4 family usage was also comparable between the two databases.
- the frequency of VH4 family usage is also statistically similar to peripheral memory B cells from MS patients (mMSPB), even though it appears different ( FIG. 1A ) (compare 16.4% mHCPB to 22.3% mMSPB, p>0.26).
- the CSF B cell database from MS patients had a significant decrease in VH3 family usage (compare 61.5% in mHCPB to 31.4% in MSCSF, p ⁇ 0.001), and an increased usage of the VH4 family (compare 16.6% in mHCPB to 35.8% in MSCSF, p ⁇ 0.001) and the VH1 family (compare 11.1% in mHCPB to 25.2% in MSCSF, p ⁇ 0.001) ( FIGS. 1A and 1B ). Overrepresentation of VH4 usage was maintained even when each clone was counted once in the repertoire database (normalized; FIG. 1B ).
- Plasma B cell repertoires (identified by CD138 expression) from MS patient CSF reported by others (Ritchie et al., 2004; Owens et al., 2007) also demonstrated a pronounced skewing to VH4 family usage (66.7%), but did not show the increased VH1 family usage seen in the CD19+ B cell population (compare 2.3% in CD138 + to 25.2% in CD19 + , p ⁇ 0.001) ( FIG. 1B ).
- CIS Clinically Isolated Syndrome
- VH4 family usage was unique to the MS patients, or could be observed in other patients with autoimmune diseases mediated by humoral immunity
- the inventor compared the signature of VH family usage from the peripheral blood of two other B cell autoimmune diseases, SLE (Hansen et al., 2000; Dorner et al., 1999) and Sjögren's Syndrome (Hansen et al., 2003), as well as two CSF-derived B cell repertoires from patients with other neurological diseases (OND) (Monson et al., 2005; Harp et al., 2007) to the MSCSF database. As indicated in FIG.
- VH4 family usage in the MSCSF database in comparison to mHCPB and patients with other B cell mediated autoimmune diseases could be attributed to an increased usage frequency of all nine individual heavy chain genes that comprise the VH4 family, or preferential use of one or more of the VH4 family genes.
- VH4 genes were used similarly in HCPB and mHCPB, with the exception of 4-04, which is observed more often in mHCPB than in the inclusive repertoire (compare 9% in the HCPB to 29% in mHCPB, p ⁇ 0.03) (Table 1).
- MSPB and HCPB also had similar VH4 gene frequencies, as did mMSPB and mHCPB.
- VH4 individual gene usage frequency was similar in MSCSF, SLE and Sjögren's, with the exception of VH4-34, which was used more extensively in both SLE and Sjögren's compared to MSCSF (Table 2).
- VH4 is the most common J segment used in the HCPB B cell repertoire database as described by the inventor ( FIG. 6 and (Monson et al., 2005; Harp et al., 2007) and others (Brezinschek et al., 1995), even when only those B cells expressing VH4 family genes are considered ( FIG. 6 and (Monson et al., 2005; Harp et al., 2007) and others (Brezinschek et al., 1995), even when only those B cells expressing VH4 family genes are considered ( FIG.
- HCPB VH4 57.7%
- the subdatabase consisting of only those memory B cells expressing VH4 family genes also utilized the JH4 segment most frequently (mHCPB VH4 57.1%).
- this enrichment of JH6 utilization by VH4 expressing B cells observed in MSPB was not observed in MSCSF VH4 (compare 40.0% MSPB VH4 to 14.6% MSCSF VH4 , p ⁇ 0.001).
- MSCSF VH4 Cells have Normal CDR3 Length, but MSPB VH4 do not.
- CDR3 lengths have been associated with dysregulation and autoimmunity (Wardemann et al., 2003), so the inventor reasoned that VH4-expressing B cells from MSCSF may have longer CDR3 lengths than the VH4-expressing B cells from HCPB.
- CDR3 lengths are typically compared among groups by calculating the average length ( FIG. 3A ); however, different distributions can result in a similar average, so distribution ranges are also useful for comparison ( FIG. 3B ).
- HCPB as a whole has a CDR3 length average of 13.1 amino acids, and the VH4 subset has an average of 13.4 amino acids (p>0.05).
- the mHCPB VH4 has a mean of 12.7 and the MSCSF VH4 , though longer (14.1 amino acids), did not differ statistically from either of these (p>0.05).
- the CDR3 distribution ranges did differ ( FIG. 3B ), especially when MSPB or mMSPB were compared to HCPB.
- MSPB VH4 had 22.5% of its sequences in the longest range of >20 amino acids
- HCPB VH4 had 4.0% of its sequences in the longest range of >20 amino acids (p ⁇ 0.003).
- MSCSF VH4 have an Increased Mutational Frequency in Comparison to HCPB VH4 .
- the inventor established that the MSCSF B cell database had an enhanced mutational frequency (MF) in comparison to HCPB (Monson et al., 2005.
- MF mutational frequency
- the inventor compared the mutational frequencies of the B cell databases as a whole to the mutational frequencies of the sub-database of only those B cells expressing VH4 genes (Table 3 and FIG. 4 ).
- the inclusive HCPB repertoire has a mutational frequency of 2.3% because the majority of the B cells in this compartment are na ⁇ ve and, as expected, the memory B cell subpopulation of this database (mHCPB) had a much higher MF (compare 2.3% in HCPB to 5.8% in mHCPB, p ⁇ 0.001).
- the VH4-expressing B cell subpopulation of this database (HCPB VH4 ) had a MF of 2.0%, which was significantly less than the MF of the overall repertoire without VH4 (compare 2.0% in HCPB VH4 to 2.3% in HCPB All-VH4 , p ⁇ 0.02).
- MSPB VH4 and the MSCSF VH4 subdatabases had MFs that were statistically greater than the MF of the overall MSPB and MSCSF databases (compare 2.9% in MSPB VH4 to 1.7% in MSPB (p ⁇ 0.001) and 6.0% in MSCSF VH4 to 5.0% in MSCSF (p ⁇ 0.001)).
- This same pattern was observed when only memory B cells were considered, and is due to the enrichment of CSF B cells with more than 5 mutations per rearrangement ( FIG. 4 ).
- B cell repertoires from the CIS, Sjögren's, or SLE patient populations were not analyzed in this manner because of the low frequency of VH4 expressing B cells in those repertoires.
- Mutational characteristics of the antibody variable region can confirm whether appropriate targeting of mutations that are associated with antigenic selection occur within the context of a classic germinal center (Harp et al., 2007).
- the MSCSF database maintains typical germinal center features including targeting to CDRs and particular motifs within the CDRs (Harp et al., 2007).
- CSF derived B cell clones from MS patients have more atypical features (Monson et al., 2005), suggesting that some clonally expanded B cells in the CSF are not selected in the context of a classical germinal center.
- the VH4 cells may have diminished mutational targeting characteristics rather than the punctuated targeting of mutations associated with classically selected germinal center B cells.
- the inventor categorized 4,182 mutations in the MSCSF B cell database and 1,815 mutations in the MSCSF VH4 sub-database according to their regional location, amino acid position, whether the mutation resulted in an amino acid change (replacement) or not (silent), and whether the mutation occurred within a motif known to be targeted by the mutational machinery (Rogozin and Diaz, 2004).
- the combination of these traits indicate whether or not a B cell or population of B cells have been selected in the context of a classical germinal center.
- the CDR is comprised of fewer nucleotides than the FR, mutational frequencies in these regions are a more objective method of evaluating targeting than the percentage of mutations in these regions.
- the MSCSF CDRs have a much higher MF than FRs when the repertoire is considered as a whole (8.0 to 3.1, p ⁇ 0.001), or when only VH4 expressing CSF-derived B cells are considered (8.8 to 3.9, p ⁇ 0.001) (Table 3).
- the CDR MF is still much higher than the FR MF when the repertoire is considered as a whole (11.8 to 4.6, p ⁇ 0.001), or when only the mMSCSF VH4 sub-database is considered (11.7 to 5.7, p ⁇ 0.004). This implies that targeting mutations to CDR is preserved in the VH4 expressing B cells from MSCSF.
- the MSCSF VH4 B cells had significant sequence variation in the CDR, but preservation of sequence in the FR(HCPB VH4 CDR 6.6, FR 1.3; MSCSF VH4 CDR 4.4, FR 1.2) (Table 4).
- Somatic hypermutation occurring in the context of a classical germinal center is predominantly targeted to DGYW/WRCH motifs within variable immunoglobulin genes (Rogozin and Diaz, 2004). If VH4 expressing B cells undergo antigen driven selection in the context of a classical germinal center, then targeting to these motifs should be preserved. In order to determine whether appropriate targeting to DGYW/WRCH (abbreviated “DW”) motifs occurred in the MSCSF VH4 sub-database in comparison to the VH4 sub-database of the control groups, MFs in the motifs were determined.
- DW DGYW/WRCH
- HCPB VH4 B cells had a MF within DW motifs of 3.1%, while the mHCPB VH4 B cells had a MF of 9.4% (p ⁇ 0.001)(Table 4). MSCSF VH4 B cells had a MF of 9.0% within DW motifs, which was statistically greater than what was observed in HCPB VH4 B cells (p ⁇ 0.001), equivalent to what was observed in mHCPB (p>0.05).
- the VH4 subdatabase of the HCPB database (HCPB VH4 ) includes two of these original hotspots (codons 30 and 56), and 3 additional hotspots for replacement mutations (codons 52, 68, and 81), which were marked as VH4 family biased mutational hot spots (Table 5).
- one of the three VH4 family biased mutational hotspots is not included within a DGYW/WRCH motif (codon 52), but it has a mutational frequency significantly greater than the random frequency (compare 4.9% to the random frequency of 1.5%, p ⁇ 0.001).
- VH4-34 the VH4 variable gene associated with autoreactivity in the periphery of healthy controls and SLE patients (Pugh-Bernard et al., 2001; Zheng et al., 2004; Mockridge et al., 2004; Voswinkel et al., 1997), does not contain this codon.
- Codons 30 and 68 are “cold” spots, in that the MSCSF VH4 B cells had replacement mutations at these positions significantly less frequently than in HCPB VH4 B cells (Table 5). Codon 52 in the MSCSF VH4 database also had an MF that was less than the HCPB VH4 database, but still significantly greater than the random frequency. These “hot” and “cold” spots together include 11 codons, and represent 27.8% of the mutations in the MSCSF VH4 database (Table 6). These significant changes in codon mutation frequency in the MSCSF VH4 database constitute a footprint of mutations that is unique to MS.
- CSF was collected from 10 RRMS patients, one PPMS patient (M484), three patients with other neurological diseases (OND341, ataxia; OND758, headache, and OND 116, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy), and two patients with one demyelinating event suggestive of MS (i.e., Clinically Isolated Syndrome (CIS)) at UT Southwestern Medical Center (UTSWMC) (Harp et al., 2007; Monson et al., 2005) in accordance with the UTSWMC Institutional Review Board (IRB).
- CSF was collected from nine patients with CIS at University of Colorado Denver (UCD) as previously described (Bennett et al., 2008) in accordance with the UCD IRB.
- UCD University of Colorado Denver
- the CIS patients had a single episode of demyelination (optic neuritis, brainstem or spinal cord syndrome), and the majority had multiple lesions on MRI satisfying the dissemination in space criterion of the McDonald criteria. None of the patients had received immunomodulatory agents for at least 1 month prior to lumbar puncture. A second relapse confirming a multiple sclerosis diagnosis had not occurred at the time of sample acquisition, thus not fulfilling the dissemination in time criterion (McDonald et al., 2001; Polman et al., 2005). Subsequent diagnosis of definite MS was made using the revised McDonald criteria (Polman et al., 2005). Conversion to definite MS was not revealed to the antibody sequence analysis team until after signature score predictions had been calculated.
- the MSCSF database consists of antibody rearrangements from 373 CD19+ CSF B cells from 10 RRMS and 1 PPMS patient recruited at UTSWMC.
- the CISCSF database consists of antibody rearrangements from 304 CD19+ CSF B cells from 10 CIS patients (ON4-8 did not have a CD19+ CSF B cell antibody repertoire) and 228 CD138+ CSF plasma cells from 7 CIS patients (CIS132, CIS429, ON4-10 and ON3-4 did not have CD138+ CSF plasma cell antibody repertoires).
- HCPB healthy control peripheral blood
- the OND CD19+ CSF antibody database consists of 65 sequences. UCD and UTSWMC cell isolation and IgH amplification was performed similarly. All sequences were reconfirmed by the inventors' laboratory using IgBlast (those obtained from UCD and from GenBank) (world-wide-web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/igblast/), and only codons 24-93 were considered in the analysis.
- Frequency of replacement mutations was calculated as the number of replacement mutations at each codon position divided by the total number of replacement mutations in each VH4 sub-database and displayed as a percentage.
- the MSCSF database contains 373 sequences with 475 replacement mutations, and the CISCSF database contains 302 CD19+ and 226 CD138+ sequences with 4081 replacement mutations (2052 in CD19+ and 2029 in CD138+).
- the HCPB database contains 348 sequences with 1086 replacement mutations, and the mHCPB database contains 205 sequences with 1857 replacement mutations.
- the ONDCSF database contains 65 sequences with 482 replacement mutations, and the MSPB database contains 156 sequences with 392 replacement mutations.
- Table 20 contains VH4 sequence numbers and Table 21 legend contains number of VH4 replacement mutations. Codon domains and numbers were defined by Kabat (Kabat et al., 1983), and Tomlinson in V-base (vbase.mrc-cpe.cam.ac.uk/), respectively.
- Codons included in the signature were identified using three criteria. First, the inventors identified codons that had statistically different RF values in the MSCSFVH4 database compared to HCPBVH4 by Goodness of Fit test where the expected frequency is the RF calculated in HCPBVH4. Twenty-four codons passed this criterion. Next, codon positions that had an RF in both the MSCSFVH4 and HCPBVH4 databases that was less than the average+2 S.D. of the memory HCPBVH4 subdatabase were excluded. Thus, since the average ⁇ S.D. RF of the memory HCPBVH4 database was 0.68 ⁇ 0.59, any individual codon RF less than 1.86 in both databases was excluded. Fourteen codons passed this additional criterion.
- Signature scores were generated by calculating Z-scores for the RF values at the 6 codons within the signature (31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and 89) that had the most significant difference in RF compared to HCPBVH4 at each codon position.
- the Z-score formula is: (RF at codon X minus the average RF in HCPBVH4)/(standard deviation of the average RF in HCPBVH4).
- a human VH4-30.4 antibody structure described in (Guddat et al., 1993) was obtained from the Protein Data Bank (world-wide-web rcsb.org) under the identification moniker 1MCO, and adapted using the RasMol program (mc2.cchem.berkely.edu/Rasmol/) to highlight codons within the designated signature of the heavy chain variable region.
- the 51 antibody heavy chain variable genes are subdivided into 7 different families (Cook and Tomlinson, 1995; world-wide-web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/igblast/), and it has been well-established that peripheral blood B cells from healthy donors utilize VH antibody genes most often from the VH3 family (“HCPB” in Table 20 and (Brezinschek et al., 1995; Brezinschek et al., 1997; Huang et al., 1992; Kraj et al., 1997; Wardemann et al., 2003; Yurasov et al., 2005)).
- VH4 expressing B cells are enriched in the CSF of MS patients, we hypothesized that mutational analysis would reveal a pattern (i.e., “signature”) of antibody gene replacement mutations that is unique to VH4 expressing B cells from the CNS of MS patients in comparison to HCPB.
- signature a pattern of antibody gene replacement mutations that is unique to VH4 expressing B cells from the CNS of MS patients in comparison to HCPB.
- RF replacement mutations
- codon amino acid replacement can result from 1, 2, or 3 nucleotide changes within the codon, and so replacement frequencies limit bias based on the number of nucleotides in a codon that are mutated to generate a replacement.
- Cold spots were defined as those codon positions within MSCSFVH4 with a statistically lower RF at a particular codon position in comparison to HCPBVH4 (Table 21).
- Risk of conversion to clinically definite MS in patients who have had a single demyelinating event is 50-90% if the patient has an abnormal MRI (Beck et al., 2003; Brex et al., 2002; Cole et al., 1998; O'Riordan et al., 1998; Soderstrom et al., 1998), but of those patients with a normal MRI, up to 29% had oligoclonal bands and converted to CDMS (Cole et al., 1998).
- CSF B cell repertoires from patients who had one demyelinating event that placed them “at risk” to develop MS. Such patients are typically diagnosed with CIS.
- CD19+ B-cell and CD138 plasma cell repertoires from the CSF of two CIS patients at UTSWMC and nine patients at UCHSC were generated and analyzed for RF values within the 6 codons of the signature defined in the MSCSF VH4 database that had the most significant difference in RF compared to HCPB VH4 at each codon position (codons 31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and 89).
- RF values were combined using a signature score that accounts for RF variance as described in Materials and methods.
- the average signature score in the MSCSF VH4 database was 10.9 ⁇ 2.0 (range 7.6-11.9), and so any individual CIS patient score that was 6.8 (average signature score ⁇ 2 S.D.) or higher was predicted to develop MS ( FIG. 9 and Table 22).
- the signature score from a pool of VH4 expressing CSF B cells of 3 OND patients was 4.5
- the signature score from a pool of VH4 expressing peripheral blood B cells of 3 CDMS patients was 2.0, and thus did not reach the 6.8 signature score threshold.
- signature scores based on CD19+ B cell sequences only did not change predictions based on signature score.
- the antibody gene signature yielded a sensitivity of 100%, specificity of 67%, positive predictive value of 89%, negative predictive value of 100%, and accuracy of 91%, as defined by others applying the McDonald Criteria to identify CIS patients that would convert to MS (Dalton et al., 2002). Most patients in this cohort converted to CDMS within 3-6 months of repertoire sampling, although in the case of CIS 132, conversion to CDMS was not confirmed until 17 months after antibody repertoire sampling (Table 22).
- MRI, OCB and VH4/VH2 bias are also useful in assessing probability of MS conversion (Bennett et al., 2008; Freedman et al., 2005; Frohman et al., 2003; Korteweg et al., 2006; Paolino et al., 1996; Soderstrom et al., 1998), but were not considered in calculating the signature score.
- the intense somatic hypermutation accumulation in MSCSF VH4 enabled us to identify a unique antibody gene signature-enriched for replacement accumulation at codons 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89 that was not observed in HCPB VH4 or ONDCSF VH4 .
- any residual effect of na ⁇ ve B cells on the RF calculation was minimized by tabulating only those sequences with mutations resulting in amino acid replacements. This approach minimized bias in the signature that may have reflected enrichment of mutation accumulation in CNS derived B cells (which are mostly memory and thus have high mutation rates) compared to peripheral B cells (which are mostly na ⁇ ve and thus have low mutation rates).
- VH4 germline mutational signature may be the direct result of antigen targeting in the humoral immune response. Therefore, determining the antigen specificity of signature-enriched antibodies from CSF B cells of patients with definite MS and CIS is one of the first steps towards dissecting whether signature-enriched B cells have the potential to participate in MS pathogenesis.
- 5 of the 8 signature codons 31B, 32, 56, 57 and 60
- the inventors identified as having a unique accumulation of amino acid replacements in MSCSF VH4 are predicted to have direct antigen contact since they reside in CDRs ( FIGS. 10A-B ). Dissecting the relative contribution of replacement mutations at each of these signature codons as well as those outside of the antigen binding region will address the impact of both codon classifications (direct and indirect antigen binding capacity) on antigen binding affinity.
- a unique signature of antibody gene replacement mutations was identified in the MSCSF VH4 database that is not observed in healthy control peripheral blood or CSF-derived VH4-expressing B cells from patients with other neurological diseases. Prevalence of the signature was accurate in identifying CIS patients that would convert to CDMS, but needs to be tested on a larger cohort of patients at both high and low risk to develop MS. Identifying the antigen specificity of signature-enriched CSF B cells from these patients may also reveal a unique group of antigens that are central to initiation of humoral autoimmunity in the CNS. It is likely that the MS-specific VH4 antibody gene signature provides both a new focus of investigation to further elucidate the role of B cells and their antibody products in MS and a new candidate molecular diagnostic tool for MS.
- h Significantly different from HCPB frequency
- i Significantly different from mHCPB frequency
- j Expected frequency from (Cook and Tomlinson, 1995)
- “Coldspot Total” is the total RF within codons 30, 43, 77, and 82. 199, 337 and 965 replacements respectively were included in this analysis for HCPB VH4 , mHCPBVH4, and MSCSF VH4. d Comparing HCPB VH4 or mHCPB VH4 to MSCSF VH4 RFs at each codon position using ⁇ 2 goodness-of-fit where expected frequence is the RF calculated in HCPB VH4 respectively. e Codon used in the calculation of signature score
- d Bias was considered significantly different from random frequence (Cook and Tomlinson, 1995) or expected frequence in HCPB (Brezinschek et al., 1997; Brezinschek et al., 1998; Dorner et al., 1997; Dorner etr al., 1998a, Dorner et al., 1998b; Dorner et al., 1998c; Farner et al., 1999; Hansen et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2000).
- VH2 bias was also observed in CD19 repertoires from ON4-7, and CD138 repertoires from ON3-3, ON3-5 and ON4-7.
- e Signature score was calculated as outlined in materials and methods, and uses both CD19 and CD138 sequences. The average score among MS patients is 10.9 ⁇ 2.0. f Months from first demyelinating event to MS diagnosis. g One spinal cord lesion was observed by T2 weighted MRI.
- compositions and/or methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this invention have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions and/or methods and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the method described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the invention. More specifically, it will be apparent that certain agents which are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides for the diagnosis and prediction of multiple sclerosis (MS) in subject utilizing a unique a codon signature in VH4 expressing B cells that has now been associated with MS and not with any other autoimmune disease.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/509,093, filed Jul. 24, 2009, which claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/083,429, filed Jul. 24, 2008. The entire contents of each of the above referenced disclosures are hereby incorporated by reference.
- This invention was made with government support under grant no. NS 40993 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
- Pursuant to 37 C.F.R. 1.821(c), a sequence listing is submitted herewith as an ASCII compliant text file named “UTSDP2107USC2.txt”, created on Mar. 7, 2013 and having a size of ˜27 KB. The content of the aforementioned file is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates to fields of pathology, immunology and molecular biology. More particularly, the present invention relates to a VH4 peptide signature in VH-expressing B cells that predicts and diagnoses multiple sclerosis.
- 2. Description of Related Art
- B cells have historically been implicated in the pathogenesis of Multiple Sclerosis (MS) since elevated CNS immunoglobulins and oligoclonal bands were first described in MS patients in the 1940s (Kabat et al. 1950; Kabat et al., 1948). Additional evidence of B cell involvement in MS pathogenesis includes the presence of B cells in MS lesions (Raine et al., 1999), and presence of B cells trafficking into the CNS during lesion development (Esiri, 1977) that intensifies with disease duration (Ozawa et al., 1994). Furthermore, the ratio of B cells to monocytes is stable over the disease course, but those patients with a prevalence of B cells tend to have a more expeditious disease progression than those with monocyte predominance (Cepok et al., 2001). Antibodies in conjunction with complement have also been identified in MS lesions co-localized with disintegrating myelin, suggesting a potential causative role played by these immune elements in lesion development (Genain et al., 1999; Storch and Lassmann, 1997).
- The inventor and others have shown that clonal expansion of B cells occurs in both cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) (Colombo et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2005; Owens et al., 2003; Qin et al., 1998; Ritchie et al., 2004) and lesion sites (Baranzini et al., 1999; Owens et al., 1998) of MS patients. Clones at different stages of affinity maturation can be found in the CSF, suggesting that expansion is local (Monson et al., 2005). This finding is further substantiated by evidence that both ectopic germinal centers (Magliozzi et al., 2004; Serafini et al., 2004; Uccelli et al., 2005) and centroblasts, specialized B cells only found in germinal centers (Corcione et al., 2004), can be detectable in the CNS of MS patients. Characterization of clonally expanded B cells from the CSF of MS patients (MSCSF) demonstrated that the antibodies these B cells express are often self-reactive towards antigens found in the brain (Qin et al., 1998; Lambracht-Washington et al., 2007).
- Data from others have established that the VH4-expressing B cell population in particular harbors autoreactive B cells in both healthy controls (Koelsch et al., 2007) and patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) (Pugh-Bernard et al., 2001). For example, B cells utilizing the VH4-34 gene (formerly known as VH4-21) are often autoreactive towards sugars on blood cells and either undergo negative selection in the adult repertoire (Koelsch et al., 2007; Pascual and Capra, 1992), or class switch to the rare IgD isotype rather than IgG, presumably to dampen the response of these autoreactive cells in healthy individuals (Koelsch et al., 2007).
- Autoreactive B cells from the CSF and brain lesions (i.e., CNS) of MS patients are not suppressed, but instead undergo extensive clonal expansion (Colombo et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2005; Owens et al., 2003; Qin et al., 1998; Ritchie et al., 2004; Owens et al., 1998; Lambracht-Washington et al., 2007; Harp et al., 2007; Owens et al., 2007). This observation may indicate that regulatory mechanisms in the CNS of these patients may be more flexible than they are in the periphery. However, the inventor's previous analysis of antibody repertoires from MS patient derived CSF B cells indicated that regulation of this population, as it relates to germinal center selection, is preserved (Harp et al., 2007). The exception to this finding is that some, but not all, individual clonal populations appear to be dysregulated, as evidenced by lack of mutational targeting (Monson et al., 2005). A number of independent laboratories have documented that VH4-expressing B cells are overrepresented in the CSF (Colombo et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2005; Owens et al., 2003; Qin et al., 1998; Ritchie et al., 2004) and brain lesions (Baranzini et al., 1999; Owens et al., 1998) of MS patients. This finding was inconspicuous, however, since clonally expanding and autoreactive B cells from the CSF of MS patients could be found utilizing variable genes from any of the heavy (and light) chain families (Buluwela and Rabbitts, 1988; Humphries et al., 1988; Kodaira et al. 1986; Lee et al., 1987; Shen et al., 1987).
- Thus, in accordance with the present invention, there is provided a method for identifying a human subject having or at risk of developing multiple sclerosis (MS) comprising assessing the VH4 structure of a VH4-expressing B-cell from said subject, wherein the presence of a codon signature associated with MS identifies said subject as having or at risk of developing MS. The codon signature may comprise a mutation at
31B, 56 and/or 81, or mutations at each of 31B, 56 and 81. The codon signature may further comprise mutations at one or more ofcodon 32, 40, 52, 57, 60 and 89, such as mutations at each ofcodons 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89. The codon signature may comprise a mutation atcodons 31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and/or 89, such as a mutation at each ofcodons 31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and 89.codons - The method may further comprise assessing one or more traditional MS risk factors. Assessing may comprise sequencing, and may comprises PCR. The B-cell is obtained from cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), and the method may further comprise assessing J chain usage, J chain length, and/or CDR3 length. The B-cell may be obtained from peripheral blood, and the method may further comprise assessing J chain usage, J chain length, and/or CDR3 length. The method may also further comprise making a treatment decision based on the presence of said codon signature.
- In another embodiment, there is provided a method of screening for an agent useful in treating multiple sclerosis (MS) comprising (a) providing an antibody produced by a VH4-expressing B-cell, said antibody comprising mutations at three or more codons selected from the group consisting of 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89; (b) contacting said antibody with a candidate ligand; and (c) assessing binding of said candidate ligand to said antibody, wherein binding of said candidate ligand to said antibody identifies said candidate ligand as useful in treating MS.
- In yet another embodiment, there is provided a method of treating a subject having or at risk of developing MS comprising administering to said subject a ligand that binds to an antibody VH-4 antibody comprising mutations at three or more codons selected from the group consisting of 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89. The ligand may a peptide or a peptoid, and may be linked to a toxin or B-cell antagonist.
- It is contemplated that any method or composition described herein can be implemented with respect to any other method or composition described herein.
- The use of the word “a” or “an” when used in conjunction with the term “comprising” in the claims and/or the specification may mean “one,” but it is also consistent with the meaning of “one or more,” “at least one,” and “one or more than one.”
- These, and other, embodiments of the invention will be better appreciated and understood when considered in conjunction with the following description and the accompanying drawings. It should be understood, however, that the following description, while indicating various embodiments of the invention and numerous specific details thereof, is given by way of illustration and not of limitation. Many substitutions, modifications, additions and/or rearrangements may be made within the scope of the invention without departing from the spirit thereof, and the invention includes all such substitutions, modifications, additions and/or rearrangements.
- The following drawings form part of the present specification and are included to further demonstrate certain aspects of the present invention. The invention may be better understood by reference to one or more of these drawings in combination with the detailed description of specific embodiments presented herein.
-
FIGS. 1A-D . Frequency of VH Family Usage in Productive B Cell Rearrangements. - CD19+ B cells isolated from PB and CSF of (
FIG. 1A ) healthy control peripheral blood (HCPB) (n=2) and multiple sclerosis patient peripheral blood (MSPB) (n=3), (FIG. 1B ) multiple sclerosis cerebrospinal fluid (MSCSF), memory cells of MSCSF (mMSCSF), MSCSF normalized for clonal representation, and MSCSF CD138+ plasma cells (all n=13), (FIG. 1C ) clinically isolated syndrome cerebrospinal fluid (CISCSF) (n=3), memory cells of CISCSF (mCISCSF) (n=3), and MSCSF CD138 cells (n=1), and (FIG. 1D ) other neurological disease cerebrospinal fluid (ONDCSF) (n=2), cells from the inflamed region of the parotid gland of a Sjögren's syndrome patient (n=1), systemic lupus erythematosus peripheral blood (SLEPB) (n=1). Data statistics can be found in Tables 9-12. The “n” number designated in each panel is the number of productive VH sequences used in each group; the “n” number in the legend is the number of patients in each group. -
FIG. 2 . Frequency of J Segment Usage in Productive VH4 B Cell Rearrangements. - CD19+ B cells expressing a productive VH4 rearrangement were isolated from HCPB, MSPB, and MSCSF and analyzed for J segment usage. The number of patients included in each group can be found in the
FIGS. 1A-D legend; the number of productive VH4 sequences in each group is shown in the figure. Data statistics can be found in Table 13. The overall repertoire J segment usages can be found inFIG. 6 , with statistics in Supplemental Table 8. -
FIGS. 3A-B . CDR3 Lengths of Productive VH Overall Repertoire, VH4 Subdatabase, and VH3 Subdatabase. - (
FIG. 3A ) The average amino acid length of the CDR3 region. (FIG. 3B ) Percentage of productive VH4 sequences in each range of CDR3 amino acid lengths. The number of patients included in each group can be found in theFIGS. 1A-D legend; the number of VH4 productive sequences used for analysis in each group is shown in the figure. Data statistics can be found in Table 15 forFIG. 3A and Table 16 forFIG. 3B . -
FIG. 4 . Ranges of Mutational Frequency in Overall Repertoire, VH4 Subdatabase, and VH3 Subdatabase. - Mutations in CDR1, FR2, CDR2, and FR3 were included in the analysis. Since the average read length of VH sequences is 206 nucleotides, the 0-2% range corresponds to 0-4 mutations, the 2-7% range corresponds to 5-14 mutations, the 7-12% range corresponds to 15-24 mutations, and the greater than 12% range corresponds to 25 or more mutations. The number of patients included in each group can be found in the
FIGS. 1A-D legend; the number of productive sequences used for analysis in each group is shown in the figure. Data statistics can be found in Table 17. -
FIGS. 5A-B . Model of VH4 Structure. - VH4-30.4 antibody structure was adapted from (Guddat et al., 1993) as described in the Materials & Methods. The light chain variable domain is included for reference and is encoded in gray, while the heavy chain backbone is in yellow. The VH4 signature has been demarcated, with “hot” spots in blue (
31B, 40, 56, 57, 60, 69, 81, and 89; corresponds toresidues FIG. 7 ), and “cold” spots in green ( 30, 52, and 68; corresponds toresidues FIG. 7 ). Those hot or cold spots contained within a CDR have been highlighted. The CDR3 is that of the original structure, and not from any VH4 discussed here. -
FIG. 6 . Frequency of J Segment Usage in Overall Repertoire of Productive B Cell Rearrangements. - CD19+ B cells expressing a productive rearrangement were isolated from HCPB, MSPB, and MSCSF and analyzed for J segment usage. The number of patients included in each group can be found in the
FIGS. 1A-D legend; the number of productive sequences in each group is shown in the figure. Data statistics can be found in Table 15. -
FIG. 7 . Comparison of Sequence for VH4 Genes, Including a Consensus. - Individual genes are listed at the left hand side; “C” stand for consensus.
-
FIG. 8 . Example of VH4 Comparison. A VH4-30.4 Sequence is Listed as the Germline Configuration (Allele 01) and Compared to a Patient CD19+ B Cell Sequence. - The germline protein conversion and the changes made by replacement mutations in the patient sequence are noted. Signature codons are boxed, with the dashed boxes demarcating cold spots, and the solid boxes demarcating hot spots. CDRs as defined by Kabat (Kabat et al., 1983) are shaded.
-
FIG. 9 . Signature Score in Individual MS and CIS Patients. - Signature scores were generated by calculating Z-scores for the RF values at the 6 codons within the signature (31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and 89). Individual Z-scores at each of the codon positions were compiled to generate the composite signature Z-score. MS patient signature scores are shown as black circles (), CIS patient signature scores that resulted in prediction of CDMS are black squares (▪), and CIS patient signature scores that resulted in prediction of unlikely to convert to definite MS are in open squares (□). The average composite signature score in the MSCSFVH4 database was 10.9±2.0 (black line) and so any signature score of an individual CIS patient above 6.8 (average S.D.; threshold shown as red line) was predicted to convert to CDMS. For reference, ONDCSFVH4 group signature score was 4.5, and MSPBVH4 signature score was 2.0.
-
FIGS. 10A-B . Model of VH4 Structure. - A VH4-30.4 antibody structure was adapted as described in the Materials & Methods. Two orientations of the structure are provided in
FIGS. 10A and 10B . The light chain variable domain is included for reference and is encoded in gray, while the heavy chain backbone is in yellow. The VH4 signature has been demarcated, with “hot” spots in blue ( 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81, and 89), and “cold” spots in green (residues 30, 43, 77, and 82). Residues contained within CDR1 and 2 are boxed. The CDR3 is that of the original structure, and not from any VH4 rearrangement discussed here.residues - Since 1998, a number of independent laboratories have documented that VH4-expressing B cells are overrepresented in the CSF (Colombo et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2005; Owens et al., 2003; Qin et al., 1998; Ritchie et al., 2004) and brain lesions (Baranzini et al., 1999; Owens et al., 1998) of MS patients. This finding was initially inconspicuous since clonally expanding and autoreactive B cells from the CSF of MS patients could be found utilizing variable genes from any of the heavy (and light) chain families (Buluwela and Rabbitts, 1988; Humphries et al., 1988; Kodaira et al. 1986; Lee et al., 1987; Shen et al., 1987). However, emerging evidence that the VH4-expressing B cell population harbors autoreactive B cells (Koelsch et al., 2007), combined with the established observation that VH4-expressing B cells are overrepresented in CNS-derived B cell populations from MS patients (Colombo et al., 2000; Owens et al., 2003; Qin et al., 1998; Ritchie et al., 2004; Baranzini et al., 1999; Owens et al., 1998; Harp et al., 2007; Owens et al., 2007), prompted us to question the role of VH4-expressing B cells in the CSF of MS patients.
- To address this issue, the inventor compared repertoire characteristics from their database of 405 CSF-derived B cells from 13 MS patients to that of healthy controls as well as to several other B cell mediated autoimmune diseases or other CNS-related disorders. The inventor predicted that VH4-expressing B cells from the CSF of MS patients could be enriched for features associated with autoreactivity since (i) VH4 expressing B cells from patients with autoimmune diseases (including SLE and RA) are enriched for autoreactivity (Pugh-Bernard et al., 2001; Zheng et al., 2004; Mockridge et al., 2004; Voswinkel et al., 1997; Hayashi et al., 2007; Huang et al., 1998), and (ii) some autoreactive, clonally-expanded CSF-derived B cells from MS patients use VH4 in their antibody rearrangements (Lambracht-Washington et al., 2007). Features that we were particularly interested in were those known to be associated with autoreactivity including bias towards VH4-34 usage (Zheng et al., 2004) and features associated with receptor editing including bias in JH6 usage and long CDR3 lengths (Zheng et al., 2004; Meffre et al., 2000). Diminished mutational frequency has been associated with receptor editing (Meffre et al., 2000), and diminished mutation targeting has been associated with clonally expanded CSF derived B cell populations in MS patients (Monson et al., 2005) and thus were also included in the analyses.
- In order to perform this VH4-specific analysis, the inventor constructed an extensive CSF B cell database containing 405 CSF-derived B cells from 13 MS patients. Overrepresentation of VH4-expressing CD19+ B cells in the CSF of MS patients was unique since VH4 overrepresentation was not observed in B cell repertoires from the peripheral blood of (i) healthy control donors, (ii) patients with other autoimmune diseases with B cell involvement, including systemic lupus erythematosis (SLE) or Sjögren's syndrome, or (iii) MS patients from the same cohort. In fact, in depth analysis of those VH4-expressing B cells from the peripheral blood of MS patients within this cohort indicated that this group of B cells was likely recognized for their autoreactive potential (as evidenced by high JH6 usage and long CDR3 length), and were denied further selection (as evidenced by low mutational frequencies). The inventor also did not observe overrepresentation of VH4-expressing B cells in the CSF of patients with other neurological diseases, indicating that over-representation of VH4 expressing B cells in the CSF of MS patients is not due to bias in the ability of VH4 expressing B cells to enter the CNS. Taken together, these data suggest that VH4 expressing B cells are selected into the CSF B cell repertoire of MS patients in particular, and is further validated by the high mutational frequencies and punctuated mutational targeting observed in this population.
- Of the three CIS patients included in this comparison study, even those that convert to CDMS within the next year (CIS429 and CIS03-01) did not have the overrepresentation of VH4 family usage in their CSF-derived CD19+ B cell population. In contrast, evidence of VH4 overrepresentation is observed in the CD138+ plasma cells from CIS03-01. Since the plasma cells and plasma blasts are most likely arising from the CD19+ B cell population (matching clones can be found in both compartments) (Martin Mdel and Monson, 2007), it is reasonable to hypothesize that VH4 expressing B cells which recognize their antigen in the CNS do not linger in the memory pool long, but are signaled to differentiate rapidly into plasma blasts and plasma cells. This hypothesis is also further substantiated by the lack of receptor editing in the VH4 expressing CSF-derived B cells from these patients (as assessed by normal JH6 usage and CDR3 length), as well as documentation that plasmablasts and plasma cells are highly enriched in the CSF of these patients (Cepok et al., 2005; Winges et al., 2007). Dysregulation of these VH4 cells at the initiation of disease processes may be a central component of ongoing pathogenesis.
- The inventor expected the increase in VH4 family usage would correspond to an increase in particular VH4 genes used most frequently in MS lesions and in the clones found in MSCSF such as 4-34, 4-39 and 4-59 (Monson et al., 2005; Owens et al., 1998). However, usage frequency of individual VH4 genes within the VH4-expressing CSF B cell subdatabase was no different than in PB of any cohort the inventor analyzed with the exception of VH4-34, which was utilized more frequently in SLE and Sjögren's than in MSCSF. It is possible that B cells from the MS patients examined were responding to a variety of VH4-binding antigens, so that the combination of these made an increase in a single gene indeterminable. Another possibility is an antigen may bind to the VH4 genes and cause a superantigen response in only the B cells expressing VH4, similarly to what is seen with staphylococcal enterotoxin A with VH3-expressing B cells (Domiati-Saad and Lipsky, 1998). However, superantigen binding capacity is diminished with high mutation accumulation (Oppezzo et al., 2004), and so a classical superantigen response is unlikely. In contrast, EBV infected memory B cells tend to have high mutational frequencies and prevalent mutational targeting (Souza et al., 2007) similar to what we described in the MSCSF database presented here, but no mechanism of EBV infection susceptibility or immune response to the virus has been reported that favors VH4-expressing B cells over other heavy chain family expression. Nevertheless, the elevated mutational frequency observed in VH4-expressing B cells from the CSF of MS patients extends the inventor's previous hypothesis that CSF-derived B cells responding to antigen in the CNS are heavily driven within the CNS itself to suggest that much of this heightened activity is occurring within the VH4-expressing CSF-derived B cell populations. Whether these B cells are responding to self-antigens or valid foreign targets remains controversial. However, mutational analysis indicates that the VH4-expressing CSF-derived B cells from MS patients had gone through a typical germinal center, since mutational targeting to CDR and to DGYW/WRCH motifs is intact, unlike what has been observed in the individual clonal populations from MS patients in the cohort (Monson et al., 2005). In addition, targeting was actually increased in the MSCSFVH4 subdatabase, most likely because the number of rounds of somatic hypermutation the B cells had undergone in response to antigen was extensive (evidenced by the high mutation frequency). Defining the antigen specificity of highly mutated, VH4-expressing CSF-derived B cells from MS patients will be paramount to resolving the mechanism of this unique selection of VH4 expressing B cells in the CSF of MS patients.
- Hyperintense mutation accumulation in the MSCSF database enabled the inventor to identify a unique 5 codon signature of VH4 replacement mutations—
31B, 40, 57, 60 and 69—that was not observed in the control databases. Of these 5 codons, 31B was particularly interesting because it accumulated replacement mutations at a rate 7-fold higher than expected, suggesting that this codon plays a pivotal role in antigen-antibody interactions. It is possible that myelin basic protein (MBP) may be excluded from this list of possible antigens interacting with this unique antibody signature since one of the clonally expanded CSF-derived B cells strongly reactive to MBP (Lambracht-Washington et al., 2007) utilized a VH4-59 gene, which does not containcodons codon 31B. Also, since other databases in this analyses rarely (if ever) accumulated mutations in this position (0.17% in HCPB), it is likely that the antigen targets of VH4 expressing CSF-derived B cells from MS patients are not seen to a great extent in peripheral blood from healthy donors. - Codon composition can also influence the protein structure of antibody variable regions (Chothia et al., 1992). VH4-34 and 4-59 have a similar structure, as they have neither
codons 31A or 31B; VH4-04, 4-B, and 4-28 have only codon 31A; and the 4-30 sub-genes, 4-39, 4-61, and 4-31 have bothcodons 31A and 31B.FIG. 7 . In addition, several crucial codons are needed to maintain structure; none of the VH4 signature codons are key residues that would change the structure of the antibody (Chothia et al., 1992; Chothia and Lesk, 1987). This infers that genes of similar structure have similar antigen-binding sites, though the exact placement may differ due to the size, hydrophilicity, and polarity of surrounding residues. By the method designated by Clothia et al. (1992), CDR1 is comprised ofresidues 26 through 32 because these are outside the framework β-sheets and form a loop involved in the antigen binding pocket, and CDR2 isonly residues 50 through 58; this translates into 30, 31B, 52, 56, and 57 are all in direct contact with the antigen (codon FIG. 5 ), while 60 is between the antigen binding pocket and another surface loop not directly involved with antigen binding (Chothia et al., 1992). Therefore, 30 and 52 are likely “cold,” to maintain efficient antibody interaction with the antigen, while variation incodons codons 31B (in the few genes it is in), 56, and 57 provide more effective binding to their antigen with different size, hydrophilicity, or polarity properties. It is less clear why 40, 69, 81, and 89 are “hot” orresidues residue 68 is “cold,” and how replacement mutations at these positions affect VH4 antigen binding (FIG. 5 ). Investigating the impact of replacement mutations at these positions will provide important clues regarding the interaction of these VH4 utilizing antibodies with self-antigens in the CNS. - It is also likely that different combinations of residue replacements affect binding to discreet antigens. For example, perhaps the combination of replacements at codons A, B and C mediate high affinity binding to antigen X, while replacements at codons BDE mediate high affinity binding to antigen Y. This would explain the differences in replacement mutation positions in different VH4 genes; codon positions ABC are needed for 4-31 to bind antigen X, while codon positions BDE are needed for 4-39 to bind antigen Y. In support of this, the inventor found that different VH4 genes do selectively use the MS signature mutations at varying levels; for example, VH4-30 has more mutations in
56 and 81, while VH4-39 tends to accumulate mutations more rapidly incodons 31B, 50, 56, and 81 (Table 6).codons - In summary, VH4 family usage is substantially increased in both CD19+ B cells and CD138+ plasma cells isolated from the central nervous system of MS patients, (
FIG. 1 and (Owens et al., 2007)), but as shown here, not in healthy controls, patients with other CNS-related diseases, or patients with other B cell related autoimmune diseases. The VH4 overexpression seen in the MS patients is due to changes in use of many of the genes in the VH4 family (rather than VH4-34 alone), and mutational analysis suggests that antigen-driven selection in the context of classical germinal centers is preserved. Thus, the VH4 expressing B cells from the CSF of MS patients are not dysregulated at this level of selection. More importantly, a unique 11 codon footprint of mutational characteristics can be found in the MSCSF VH4 subdatabase that is not observed in healthy control peripheral blood or CSF-derived B cells from patients with other neurological diseases. This signature, which accumulates replacement mutations up to 7-fold more frequently than in healthy control PB-derived B cells, is most likely a combination of sub-signatures that mediate effective binding to antigens present in the CNS. The inventor now proposes the use of this signature to predict or diagnose MS in subjects. - The normal immune system has the ability to generate millions of antibodies with different antigen binding abilities. The diversity is brought about by the complexities of constructing immunoglobulin molecules. These molecules consist of paired polypeptide chains (heavy and light) each containing a constant and a variable region. The structures of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains are specified by immunoglobulin V genes. The heavy chain variable region is derived from three gene segments known as VH, D and JH. In humans there are about 100 different VH segments, over 20 D segments and six JH segments. The light chain genes have only two segments, the VL and JL segments. Antibody diversity is the result of random combinations of VH/D/JH segments with VUJL components superimposed on which are several mechanisms including junctional diversity and somatic mutation.
- The germline VH genes can be separated into at least six families (VH1 through VH6) based on DNA nucleotide sequence identity of the first 95 to 101 amino acids. Members of the same family typically have ≧80% sequence identity, whereas members of different families have less than 70% identity. These families range in size from one VH6 gene to an estimated greater than 45 VH3 genes. In addition, many pseudogenes exist. Recent studies have nearly completed a physical map of the VH locus on chromosome 14q32.13.15. It has now been estimated that the human VH repertoire is represented by approximately 50 functional VH segments with about an equal number of pseudogenes. These studies estimate the size of the VH locus to be approximately 1100 kb, which is less than half the previous estimates of 2.5 to 3 megabases as determined by pulse field gel electrophoreis. The VH4 family of genes contains 9 different members: 4-04, 4-28, 4-30, 4-31, 4-34, 4-39, 4-59, 4-61, 4-B4 (see
FIG. 7 ). - The present invention relates to identifcation of a “signature” in the VH4 sequences of certain B cells. The sequence signature initially comprises
31B, 56 and/or 81, but also can include one or more ofresidues 30, 40, 52, 57, 60, 68, 69 and 89 (residues FIG. 7 ). By examining the sequence at these positions, and identifying mutations at one or more of the positions, it can be determined that a subject is at risk of developing MS and, in the presence of additional factors, has MS. - Another aspect of the present invention concerns isolated DNA segments and their use in detecting the presence of mutations in certain codons of the VH4 segments from a subject. Many methods described herein will involve the use of amplification primers, oligonucleotide probes, and other nucleic acid elements involved in the analysis of genomic DNA, cDNA or mRNA transcripts, such as SEQ ID NO:2, which is the germline or normal sequence of VH4 family genes.
- The term “nucleic acid” is well known in the art. A “nucleic acid” as used herein will generally refer to a molecule (i.e., a strand) of DNA or RNA comprising a nucleobase. A nucleobase includes, for example, a naturally-occurring purine or pyrimidine base found in DNA (e.g., an adenine “A,” a guanine “G,” a thymine “T” or a cytosine “C”) or RNA (e.g., an A, a G, an uracil “U” or a C). The term “nucleic acid” encompass the terms “oligonucleotide” and “polynucleotide,” each as a subgenus of the term “nucleic acid.” The term “oligonucleotide” refers to a molecule of between about 3 and about 100 nucleobases in length. The term “polynucleotide” refers to at least one molecule of greater than about 100 nucleobases in length. A “gene” refers to coding sequence of a gene product, as well as introns and the promoter of the gene product.
- These definitions generally refer to a single-stranded molecule, but in specific embodiments will also encompass an additional strand that is partially, substantially or fully complementary to the single-stranded molecule. Thus, a nucleic acid may encompass a double-stranded molecule that comprises complementary strands or “complements” of a particular sequence comprising a molecule. In particular aspects, a nucleic acid encodes a protein or polypeptide, or a portion thereof.
- A. Preparation of Nucleic Acids
- A nucleic acid may be made by any technique known to one of ordinary skill in the art, such as for example, chemical synthesis, enzymatic production or biological production. Non-limiting examples of a synthetic nucleic acid (e.g., a synthetic oligonucleotide), include a nucleic acid made by in vitro chemical synthesis using phosphotriester, phosphite or phosphoramidite chemistry and solid phase techniques such as described in EP 266,032, incorporated herein by reference, or via deoxynucleoside H-phosphonate intermediates as described by Froehler et al., 1986 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,705,629, each incorporated herein by reference. In the methods of the present invention, one or more oligonucleotide may be used. Various different mechanisms of oligonucleotide synthesis have been disclosed in for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,659,774, 4,816,571, 5,141,813, 5,264,566, 4,959,463, 5,428,148, 5,554,744, 5,574,146, 5,602,244, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- A non-limiting example of an enzymatically produced nucleic acid include one produced by enzymes in amplification reactions such as PCR™ (see for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,682,195, each incorporated herein by reference), or the synthesis of an oligonucleotide described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,645,897, incorporated herein by reference. A non-limiting example of a biologically produced nucleic acid includes a recombinant nucleic acid produced (i.e., replicated) in a living cell, such as a recombinant DNA vector replicated in bacteria (see for example, Sambrook et al. 2001, incorporated herein by reference).
- B. Purification of Nucleic Acids
- A nucleic acid may be purified on polyacrylamide gels, cesium chloride centrifugation gradients, chromatography columns or by any other means known to one of ordinary skill in the art (see for example, Sambrook et al., 2001, incorporated herein by reference). In some aspects, a nucleic acid is a pharmacologically acceptable nucleic acid. Pharmacologically acceptable compositions are known to those of skill in the art, and are described herein.
- In certain aspects, the present invention concerns a nucleic acid that is an isolated nucleic acid. As used herein, the term “isolated nucleic acid” refers to a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., an RNA or DNA molecule) that has been isolated free of, or is otherwise free of, the bulk of the total genomic and transcribed nucleic acids of one or more cells. In certain embodiments, “isolated nucleic acid” refers to a nucleic acid that has been isolated free of, or is otherwise free of, bulk of cellular components or in vitro reaction components such as for example, macromolecules such as lipids or proteins, small biological molecules, and the like.
- C. Nucleic Acid Complements
- As discussed above, the present invention encompasses a nucleic acid that is complementary to a nucleic acid. A nucleic acid is “complements” or is “complementary” to another nucleic acid when it is capable of base-pairing with another nucleic acid according to the standard Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reverse Hoogsteen binding complementarity rules. As used herein “another nucleic acid” may refer to a separate molecule or a spatial separated sequence of the same molecule. In preferred embodiments, a complement is a hybridization probe or amplification primer for the detection of a nucleic acid polymorphism.
- As used herein, the term “complementary” or “complement” also refers to a nucleic acid comprising a sequence of consecutive nucleobases or semiconsecutive nucleobases (e.g., one or more nucleobase moieties are not present in the molecule) capable of hybridizing to another nucleic acid strand or duplex even if less than all the nucleobases do not base pair with a counterpart nucleobase. However, in some diagnostic or detection embodiments, completely complementary nucleic acids are preferred.
- D. Nucleic Acid Detection and Evaluation
- Those in the art will readily recognize that nucleic acid molecules may be double-stranded molecules and that reference to a particular site on one strand refers, as well, to the corresponding site on a complementary strand. Thus, in defining a polymorphic site, reference to an adenine, a thymine (uridine), a cytosine, or a guanine at a particular site on the plus (sense or coding) strand of a nucleic acid molecule is also intended to include the thymine (uridine), adenine, guanine, or cytosine (respectively) at the corresponding site on a minus (antisense or noncoding) strand of a complementary strand of a nucleic acid molecule. Thus, reference may be made to either strand and still comprise the same polymorphic site and an oligonucleotide may be designed to hybridize to either strand. Throughout the text, in identifying a polymorphic site, reference is made to the sense strand, only for the purpose of convenience.
- Typically, the nucleic acid mixture is isolated from a biological sample taken from the individual, such as a blood, fecal or tissue (e.g., intestinal mucosal) sample using standard techniques such as disclosed in Jones (1963) which is hereby incorporated by reference. Other suitable tissue samples include whole blood, saliva, tears, urine, sweat, buccal, skin and hair. The nucleic acid mixture may be comprised of genomic DNA, mRNA, or cDNA. Furthermore it will be understood by the skilled artisan that mRNA or cDNA preparations would not be used to detect polymorphisms located in introns or in 5′ and 3′ non-transcribed regions.
- The identity of a nucleotide (or nucleotide pair) at a polymorphic site may be determined by amplifying a target region(s) containing the polymorphic site(s) directly from one or both copies of the gene present in the individual and the sequence of the amplified region(s) determined by conventional methods. It will be readily appreciated by the skilled artisan that only one nucleotide will be detected at a polymorphic site in individuals who are homozygous at that site, while two different nucleotides will be detected if the individual is heterozygous for that site. The polymorphism may be identified directly, known as positive-type identification, or by inference, referred to as negative-type identification. For example, where a SNP is known to be guanine and cytosine in a reference population, a site may be positively determined to be either guanine or cytosine for an individual homozygous at that site, or both guanine and cytosine, if the individual is heterozygous at that site. Alternatively, the site may be negatively determined to be not guanine (and thus cytosine/cytosine) or not cytosine (and thus guanine/guanine).
- The target region(s) may be amplified using any oligonucleotide-directed amplification method, including but not limited to polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,188), ligase chain reaction (LCR) (Barany et al., 1991; WO90/01069), and oligonucleotide ligation assay (OLA) (Landegren et al., 1988). Oligonucleotides useful as primers or probes in such methods should specifically hybridize to a region of the nucleic acid that contains or is adjacent to the polymorphic site. Typically, the oligonucleotides are between 10 and 35 nucleotides in length and preferably, between 15 and 30 nucleotides in length. Most preferably, the oligonucleotides are 20 to 25 nucleotides long. The exact length of the oligonucleotide will depend on many factors that are routinely considered and practiced by the skilled artisan.
- Other known nucleic acid amplification procedures may be used to amplify the target region including transcription-based amplification systems (U.S. Pat. No. 5,130,238; EP 329,822; U.S. Pat. No. 5,169,766, WO89/06700) and isothermal methods (Walker et al., 1992).
- A polymorphism in the target region may also be assayed before or after amplification using one of several hybridization-based methods known in the art. Typically, allele-specific oligonucleotides are utilized in performing such methods. The allele-specific oligonucleotides may be used as differently labeled probe pairs, with one member of the pair showing a perfect match to one variant of a target sequence and the other member showing a perfect match to a different variant. In some embodiments, more than one polymorphic site may be detected at once using a set of allele-specific oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide pairs.
- Hybridization of an allele-specific oligonucleotide to a target polynucleotide may be performed with both entities in solution, or such hybridization may be performed when either the oligonucleotide or the target polynucleotide is covalently or noncovalently affixed to a solid support. Attachment may be mediated, for example, by antibody-antigen interactions, poly-L-Lys, streptavidin or avidin-biotin, salt bridges, hydrophobic interactions, chemical linkages, UV cross-linking baking, etc. Allele-specific oligonucleotides may be synthesized directly on the solid support or attached to the solid support subsequent to synthesis. Solid-supports suitable for use in detection methods of the invention include substrates made of silicon, glass, plastic, paper and the like, which may be formed, for example, into wells (as in 96-well plates), slides, sheets, membranes, fibers, chips, dishes, and beads. The solid support may be treated, coated or derivatized to facilitate the immobilization of the allele-specific oligonucleotide or target nucleic acid.
- The genotype for one or more polymorphic sites in the gene of an individual may also be determined by hybridization of one or both copies of the gene, or a fragment thereof, to nucleic acid arrays and subarrays such as described in WO 95/11995. The arrays would contain a battery of allele-specific oligonucleotides representing each of the polymorphic sites to be included in the genotype or haplotype.
- The identity of polymorphisms may also be determined using a mismatch detection technique, including but not limited to the RNase protection method using riboprobes (Winter et al., 1985; Meyers et al., 1985) and proteins which recognize nucleotide mismatches, such as the E. coli mutS protein (Modrich, 1991). Alternatively, variant alleles can be identified by single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) analysis (Orita et al., 1989; Humphries, et al., 1996) or denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) (Wartell et al., 1990; Sheffield et al., 1989).
- A polymerase-mediated primer extension method may also be used to identify the polymorphism(s). Several such methods have been described in the patent and scientific literature. Extended primers containing a polymorphism may be detected by mass spectrometry as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,798. Another primer extension method is allele-specific PCR (Ruano et al., 1989; Ruano et al., 1991; WO 93/22456; Turki et al., 1995).
- 1. Hybridization
- The use of a probe or primer of between 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 nucleotides, preferably between 17 and 100 nucleotides in length, or in some aspects of the invention up to 1-2 kilobases or more in length, allows the formation of a duplex molecule that is both stable and selective. Molecules having complementary sequences over contiguous stretches greater than 20 bases in length are generally preferred, to increase stability and/or selectivity of the hybrid molecules obtained. One will generally prefer to design nucleic acid molecules for hybridization having one or more complementary sequences of 20 to 30 nucleotides, or even longer where desired. Such fragments may be readily prepared, for example, by directly synthesizing the fragment by chemical means or by introducing selected sequences into recombinant vectors for recombinant production.
- Accordingly, the nucleotide sequences of the invention may be used for their ability to selectively form duplex molecules with complementary stretches of DNAs and/or RNAs or to provide primers for amplification of DNA or RNA from samples. Depending on the application envisioned, one would desire to employ varying conditions of hybridization to achieve varying degrees of selectivity of the probe or primers for the target sequence.
- For applications requiring high selectivity, one will typically desire to employ relatively high stringency conditions to form the hybrids. For example, relatively low salt and/or high temperature conditions, such as provided by about 0.02 M to about 0.10 M NaCl at temperatures of about 50° C. to about 70° C. Such high stringency conditions tolerate little, if any, mismatch between the probe or primers and the template or target strand and would be particularly suitable for isolating specific genes or for detecting a specific polymorphism. It is generally appreciated that conditions can be rendered more stringent by the addition of increasing amounts of formamide. For example, under highly stringent conditions, hybridization to filter-bound DNA may be carried out in 0.5 M NaHPO4, 7% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), 1 mM EDTA at 65° C., and washing in 0.1×SSC/0.1% SDS at 68° C. (Ausubel et al., 1989).
- Conditions may be rendered less stringent by increasing salt concentration and/or decreasing temperature. For example, a medium stringency condition could be provided by about 0.1 to 0.25 M NaCl at temperatures of about 37° C. to about 55° C., while a low stringency condition could be provided by about 0.15 M to about 0.9 M salt, at temperatures ranging from about 20° C. to about 55° C. Under low stringent conditions, such as moderately stringent conditions the washing may be carried out for example in 0.2×SSC/0.1% SDS at 42° C. (Ausubel et al., 1989). Hybridization conditions can be readily manipulated depending on the desired results.
- In other embodiments, hybridization may be achieved under conditions of, for example, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 75 mM KCl, 3 mM MgCl2, 1.0 mM dithiothreitol, at temperatures between approximately 20° C. to about 37° C. Other hybridization conditions utilized could include approximately 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl, 1.5 mM MgCl2, at temperatures ranging from approximately 40° C. to about 72° C.
- In certain embodiments, it will be advantageous to employ nucleic acids of defined sequences of the present invention in combination with an appropriate means, such as a label, for determining hybridization. A wide variety of appropriate indicator means are known in the art, including fluorescent, radioactive, enzymatic or other ligands, such as avidin/biotin, which are capable of being detected. In preferred embodiments, one may desire to employ a fluorescent label or an enzyme tag such as urease, alkaline phosphatase or peroxidase, instead of radioactive or other environmentally undesirable reagents. In the case of enzyme tags, colorimetric indicator substrates are known that can be employed to provide a detection means that is visibly or spectrophotometrically detectable, to identify specific hybridization with complementary nucleic acid containing samples. In other aspects, a particular nuclease cleavage site may be present and detection of a particular nucleotide sequence can be determined by the presence or absence of nucleic acid cleavage.
- In general, it is envisioned that the probes or primers described herein will be useful as reagents in solution hybridization, as in PCR, for detection of expression or genotype of corresponding genes, as well as in embodiments employing a solid phase. In embodiments involving a solid phase, the test DNA (or RNA) is adsorbed or otherwise affixed to a selected matrix or surface. This fixed, single-stranded nucleic acid is then subjected to hybridization with selected probes under desired conditions. The conditions selected will depend on the particular circumstances (depending, for example, on the G+C content, type of target nucleic acid, source of nucleic acid, size of hybridization probe, etc.). Optimization of hybridization conditions for the particular application of interest is well known to those of skill in the art. After washing of the hybridized molecules to remove non-specifically bound probe molecules, hybridization is detected, and/or quantified, by determining the amount of bound label. Representative solid phase hybridization methods are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,843,663, 5,900,481 and 5,919,626. Other methods of hybridization that may be used in the practice of the present invention are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,849,481, 5,849,486 and 5,851,772. The relevant portions of these and other references identified in this section of the Specification are incorporated herein by reference.
- 2. Amplification of Nucleic Acids
- Nucleic acids used as a template for amplification may be isolated from cells, tissues or other samples according to standard methodologies (Sambrook et al., 2001). In certain embodiments, analysis is performed on whole cell or tissue homogenates or biological fluid samples with or without substantial purification of the template nucleic acid. The nucleic acid may be genomic DNA or fractionated or whole cell RNA. Where RNA is used, it may be desired to first convert the RNA to a complementary DNA.
- The term “primer,” as used herein, is meant to encompass any nucleic acid that is capable of priming the synthesis of a nascent nucleic acid in a template-dependent process. Typically, primers are oligonucleotides from ten to twenty and/or thirty base pairs in length, but longer sequences can be employed. Primers may be provided in double-stranded and/or single-stranded form, although the single-stranded form is preferred.
- Pairs of primers designed to selectively hybridize to nucleic acids corresponding to the variable heavy chain gene locus, variants and fragments thereof are contacted with the template nucleic acid under conditions that permit selective hybridization. Depending upon the desired application, high stringency hybridization conditions may be selected that will only allow hybridization to sequences that are completely complementary to the primers. In other embodiments, hybridization may occur under reduced stringency to allow for amplification of nucleic acids that contain one or more mismatches with the primer sequences. Once hybridized, the template-primer complex is contacted with one or more enzymes that facilitate template-dependent nucleic acid synthesis. Multiple rounds of amplification, also referred to as “cycles,” are conducted until a sufficient amount of amplification product is produced.
- The amplification product may be detected, analyzed or quantified. In certain applications, the detection may be performed by visual means. In certain applications, the detection may involve indirect identification of the product via chemiluminescence, radioactive scintigraphy of incorporated radiolabel or fluorescent label or even via a system using electrical and/or thermal impulse signals (Affymax technology; Bellus, 1994).
- A number of template dependent processes are available to amplify the oligonucleotide sequences present in a given template sample. One of the best known amplification methods is the polymerase chain reaction (referred to as PCR™) which is described in detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202 and 4,800,159, and in Innis et al., 1988, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Primer extension, which may be used as a stand alone technique or in combination with other methods (such as PCR), requires a labeled primer (usually 20-50 nucleotides in length) which is complementary to a region near the 5′ end of the gene. The primer is allowed to anneal to the RNA and reverse transcriptase is used to synthesize complementary cDNA to the RNA until it reaches the 5′ end of the RNA.
- Another method for amplification is ligase chain reaction (“LCR”), disclosed in European Application No. 320 308, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. U.S. Pat. No. 4,883,750 describes a method similar to LCR for binding probe pairs to a target sequence. A method based on PCR™ and oligonucleotide ligase assay (OLA) (described in further detail below), disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,148, may also be used.
- Alternative methods for amplification of target nucleic acid sequences that may be used in the practice of the present invention are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,843,650, 5,846,709, 5,846,783, 5,849,546, 5,849,497, 5,849,547, 5,858,652, 5,866,366, 5,916,776, 5,922,574, 5,928,905, 5,928,906, 5,932,451, 5,935,825, 5,939,291 and 5,942,391,
Great Britain Application 2 202 328, and in PCT Application PCT/US89/01025, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Qbeta Replicase, described in PCT Application PCT/US87/00880, may also be used as an amplification method in the present invention. - An isothermal amplification method, in which restriction endonucleases and ligases are used to achieve the amplification of target molecules that contain
nucleotide 5′-[alpha-thio]-triphosphates in one strand of a restriction site may also be useful in the amplification of nucleic acids in the present invention (Walker et al., 1992). Strand Displacement Amplification (SDA), disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,779, is another method of carrying out isothermal amplification of nucleic acids which involves multiple rounds of strand displacement and synthesis, i.e., nick translation - Other nucleic acid amplification procedures include transcription-based amplification systems (TAS), including nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA) and 3SR (Kwoh et al., 1989; PCT Application WO 88/10315, incorporated herein by reference in their entirety). European Application 329 822 disclose a nucleic acid amplification process involving cyclically synthesizing single-stranded RNA (“ssRNA”), ssDNA, and double-stranded DNA (dsDNA), which may be used in accordance with the present invention.
- PCT Application WO 89/06700 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) disclose a nucleic acid sequence amplification scheme based on the hybridization of a promoter region/primer sequence to a target single-stranded DNA (“ssDNA”) followed by transcription of many RNA copies of the sequence. This scheme is not cyclic, i.e., new templates are not produced from the resultant RNA transcripts. Other amplification methods include “RACE” and “one-sided PCR” (Frohman, 1990; Ohara et al., 1989).
- Real-time polymerase chain reaction, also called quantitative real time polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) or kinetic polymerase chain reaction, is a laboratory technique based on the polymerase chain reaction, which is used to amplify and simultaneously quantify a targeted DNA molecule. It enables both detection and quantification (as absolute number of copies or relative amount when normalized to DNA input or additional normalizing genes) of a specific sequence in a DNA sample.
- The procedure follows the general principle of polymerase chain reaction; its key feature is that the amplified DNA is quantified as it accumulates in the reaction in real time after each amplification cycle. Two common methods of quantification are the use of fluorescent dyes that intercalate with double-stranded DNA, and modified DNA oligonucleotide probes that fluoresce when hybridized with a complementary DNA.
- Frequently, real-time polymerase chain reaction is combined with reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction to quantify low abundance messenger RNA (mRNA), enabling a researcher to quantify relative gene expression at a particular time, or in a particular cell or tissue type. Although real-time quantitative polymerase chain reaction is often marketed as RT-PCR, it should not be confused with reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction, also known as RT-PCR.
- A DNA-binding dye binds to all double-stranded (ds)DNA in a PCR reaction, causing fluorescence of the dye. An increase in DNA product during PCR therefore leads to an increase in fluorescence intensity and is measured at each cycle, thus allowing DNA concentrations to be quantified. However, dsDNA dyes such as SYBR Green will bind to all dsDNA PCR products, including non-specific PCR products (such as “primer dimers”). This can potentially interfere with or prevent accurate quantification of the intended target sequence. The reaction is prepared as usual, with the addition of fluorescent dsDNA dye.
- The reaction is run in a thermocycler, and after each cycle, the levels of fluorescence are measured with a detector; the dye only fluoresces when bound to the dsDNA (i.e., the PCR product). With reference to a standard dilution, the dsDNA concentration in the PCR can be determined.
- Like other real-time PCR methods, the values obtained do not have absolute units associated with it (i.e. mRNA copies/cell). As described above, a comparison of a measured DNA/RNA sample to a standard dilution will only give a fraction or ratio of the sample relative to the standard, allowing only relative comparisons between different tissues or experimental conditions. To ensure accuracy in the quantification, it is usually necessary to normalize expression of a target gene to a stably expressed gene. This can correct possible differences in RNA quantity or quality across experimental samples.
- Using fluorescent reporter probes is the most accurate and most reliable of the methods, but also the most expensive. It uses a sequence-specific RNA or DNA-based probe to quantify only the DNA containing the probe sequence; therefore, use of the reporter probe significantly increases specificity, and allows quantification even in the presence of some non-specific DNA amplification. This potentially allows for multiplexing—assaying for several genes in the same reaction by using specific probes with different-coloured labels, provided that all genes are amplified with similar efficiency.
- It is commonly carried out with an RNA-based probe with a fluorescent reporter at one end and a quencher of fluorescence at the opposite end of the probe. The close proximity of the reporter to the quencher prevents detection of its fluorescence; breakdown of the probe by the 5′ to 3′ exonuclease activity of the taq polymerase breaks the reporter-quencher proximity and thus allows unquenched emission of fluorescence, which can be detected. An increase in the product targeted by the reporter probe at each PCR cycle therefore causes a proportional increase in fluorescence due to the breakdown of the probe and release of the reporter.
- The PCR reaction is prepared as usual (see PCR), and the reporter probe is added. As the reaction commences, during the annealing stage of the PCR both probe and primers anneal to the DNA target. Polymerisation of a new DNA strand is initiated from the primers, and once the polymerase reaches the probe, its 5′-3-exonuclease degrades the probe, physically separating the fluorescent reporter from the quencher, resulting in an increase in fluorescence.
- Fluorescence is detected and measured in the real-time PCR thermocycler, and its geometric increase corresponding to exponential increase of the product is used to determine the threshold cycle (CT) in each reaction.
- Quantitating gene expression by traditional methods presents several problems. Firstly, detection of mRNA on a Northern blot or PCR products on a gel or Southern blot is time-consuming and does not allow precise quantitation. Also, over the 20-40 cycles of a typical PCR reaction, the amount of product reaches a plateau determined more by the amount of primers in the reaction mix than by the input template/sample.
- Relative concentrations of DNA present during the exponential phase of the reaction are determined by plotting fluorescence against cycle number on a logarithmic scale (so an exponentially increasing quantity will give a straight line). A threshold for detection of fluorescence above background is determined. The cycle at which the fluorescence from a sample crosses the threshold is called the cycle threshold, Cr. Since the quantity of DNA doubles every cycle during the exponential phase, relative amounts of DNA can be calculated, e.g., a sample whose Ct is 3 cycles earlier than another's has 23=8 times more template.
- Amounts of RNA or DNA are then determined by comparing the results to a standard curve produced by RT-PCR of serial dilutions (e.g., undiluted, 1:4, 1:16, 1:64) of a known amount of RNA or DNA. As mentioned above, to accurately quantify gene expression, the measured amount of RNA from the gene of interest is divided by the amount of RNA from a housekeeping gene measured in the same sample to normalize for possible variation in the amount and quality of RNA between different samples. This normalization permits accurate comparison of expression of the gene of interest between different samples, provided that the expression of the reference (housekeeping) gene used in the normalization is very similar across all the samples. Choosing a reference gene fulfilling this criterion is therefore of high importance, and often challenging, because only very few genes show equal levels of expression across a range of different conditions or tissues.
- 3. Detection of Nucleic Acids
- Following any amplification, it may be desirable to separate the amplification product from the template and/or the excess primer. In one embodiment, amplification products are separated by agarose, agarose-acrylamide or polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis using standard methods (Sambrook et al., 2001). Separated amplification products may be cut out and eluted from the gel for further manipulation. Using low melting point agarose gels, the separated band may be removed by heating the gel, followed by extraction of the nucleic acid.
- Separation of nucleic acids may also be effected by spin columns and/or chromatographic techniques known in art. There are many kinds of chromatography which may be used in the practice of the present invention, including adsorption, partition, ion-exchange, hydroxylapatite, molecular sieve, reverse-phase, column, paper, thin-layer, and gas chromatography as well as HPLC.
- In certain embodiments, the amplification products are visualized, with or without separation. A typical visualization method involves staining of a gel with ethidium bromide and visualization of bands under UV light. Alternatively, if the amplification products are integrally labeled with radio- or fluorometrically-labeled nucleotides, the separated amplification products can be exposed to x-ray film or visualized under the appropriate excitatory spectra.
- In one embodiment, following separation of amplification products, a labeled nucleic acid probe is brought into contact with the amplified marker sequence. The probe preferably is conjugated to a chromophore but may be radiolabeled. In another embodiment, the probe is conjugated to a binding partner, such as an antibody or biotin, or another binding partner carrying a detectable moiety.
- In particular embodiments, detection is by Southern blotting and hybridization with a labeled probe. The techniques involved in Southern blotting are well known to those of skill in the art (see Sambrook et al., 2001). One example of the foregoing is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,279,721, incorporated by reference herein, which discloses an apparatus and method for the automated electrophoresis and transfer of nucleic acids. The apparatus permits electrophoresis and blotting without external manipulation of the gel and is ideally suited to carrying out methods according to the present invention.
- Other methods of nucleic acid detection that may be used in the practice of the instant invention are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,840,873, 5,843,640, 5,843,651, 5,846,708, 5,846,717, 5,846,726, 5,846,729, 5,849,487, 5,853,990, 5,853,992, 5,853,993, 5,856,092, 5,861,244, 5,863,732, 5,863,753, 5,866,331, 5,905,024, 5,910,407, 5,912,124, 5,912,145, 5,919,630, 5,925,517, 5,928,862, 5,928,869, 5,929,227, 5,932,413 and 5,935,791, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- 4. Other Assays
- Other methods for genetic screening may be used within the scope of the present invention, for example, to detect mutations in genomic DNA, cDNA and/or RNA samples. Methods used to detect point mutations include denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE), restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis (RFLP), chemical or enzymatic cleavage methods, direct sequencing of target regions amplified by PCR™ (see above), single-strand conformation polymorphism analysis (SSCP) and other methods well known in the art.
- One method of screening for point mutations is based on RNase cleavage of base pair mismatches in RNA/DNA or RNA/RNA heteroduplexes. As used herein, the term “mismatch” is defined as a region of one or more unpaired or mispaired nucleotides in a double-stranded RNA/RNA, RNA/DNA or DNA/DNA molecule. This definition thus includes mismatches due to insertion/deletion mutations, as well as single or multiple base point mutations.
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,773 describes an RNase A mismatch cleavage assay that involves annealing single-stranded DNA or RNA test samples to an RNA probe, and subsequent treatment of the nucleic acid duplexes with RNase A. For the detection of mismatches, the single-stranded products of the RNase A treatment, electrophoretically separated according to size, are compared to similarly treated control duplexes. Samples containing smaller fragments (cleavage products) not seen in the control duplex are scored as positive.
- Other investigators have described the use of RNase I in mismatch assays. The use of RNase I for mismatch detection is described in literature from Promega Biotech. Promega markets a kit containing RNase I that is reported to cleave three out of four known mismatches. Others have described using the MutS protein or other DNA-repair enzymes for detection of single-base mismatches.
- Alternative methods for detection of deletion, insertion or substitution mutations that may be used in the practice of the present invention are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,849,483, 5,851,770, 5,866,337, 5,925,525 and 5,928,870, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- 5. Polymorphic Nucleic Acid Screening Methods
- Spontaneous mutations that arise during the course of evolution in the genomes of organisms are often not immediately transmitted throughout all of the members of the species, thereby creating polymorphic alleles that co-exist in the species populations. Often polymorphisms are the cause of genetic diseases. Several classes of polymorphisms have been identified. For example, variable nucleotide type polymorphisms (VNTRs), arise from spontaneous tandem duplications of di- or trinucleotide repeated motifs of nucleotides. If such variations alter the lengths of DNA fragments generated by restriction endonuclease cleavage, the variations are referred to as restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs). RFLPs are been widely used in human and animal genetic analyses.
- Another class of polymorphisms is generated by the replacement of a single nucleotide. Such single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) rarely result in changes in a restriction endonuclease site. Thus, SNPs are rarely detectable restriction fragment length analysis. SNPs are the most common genetic variations and occur once every 100 to 300 bases and several SNP mutations have been found that affect a single nucleotide in a protein-encoding gene in a manner sufficient to actually cause a genetic disease. SNP diseases are exemplified by hemophilia, sickle-cell anemia, hereditary hemochromatosis, late-onset Alzheimer's disease, etc.
- Several methods have been developed to screen polymorphisms and some examples are listed below. The reference of Kwok and Chen (2003) and Kwok (2001) provide overviews of some of these methods; both of these references are specifically incorporated by reference. SNPs can be characterized by the use of any of these methods or suitable modification thereof. Such methods include the direct or indirect sequencing of the site, the use of restriction enzymes where the respective alleles of the site create or destroy a restriction site, the use of allele-specific hybridization probes, the use of antibodies that are specific for the proteins encoded by the different alleles of the polymorphism, or any other biochemical interpretation.
- i. DNA Sequencing
- The most commonly used method of characterizing a polymorphism is direct DNA sequencing of the genetic locus that flanks and includes the polymorphism. Such analysis can be accomplished using either the “dideoxy-mediated chain termination method,” also known as the “Sanger Method” (Sanger et al., 1975) or the “chemical degradation method,” also known as the “Maxam-Gilbert method” (Maxam et al., 1977). Sequencing in combination with genomic sequence-specific amplification technologies, such as the polymerase chain reaction may be utilized to facilitate the recovery of the desired genes (Mullis et al., 1986; European Patent Application 50,424; European Patent Application. 84,796, European Patent Application 258,017, European Patent Application. 237,362; European Patent Application. 201,184; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,202; 4,582,788; and 4,683,194), all of the above incorporated herein by reference.
- ii. Exonuclease Resistance
- Other methods that can be employed to determine the identity of a nucleotide present at a polymorphic site utilize a specialized exonuclease-resistant nucleotide derivative (U.S. Pat. No. 4,656,127). A primer complementary to an allelic sequence immediately 3′- to the polymorphic site is hybridized to the DNA under investigation. If the polymorphic site on the DNA contains a nucleotide that is complementary to the particular exonucleotide-resistant nucleotide derivative present, then that derivative will be incorporated by a polymerase onto the end of the hybridized primer. Such incorporation makes the primer resistant to exonuclease cleavage and thereby permits its detection. As the identity of the exonucleotide-resistant derivative is known one can determine the specific nucleotide present in the polymorphic site of the DNA.
- iii. Microsequencing Methods
- Several other primer-guided nucleotide incorporation procedures for assaying polymorphic sites in DNA have been described (Komher et al., 1989; Sokolov, 1990; Syvanen 1990; Kuppuswamy et al., 1991; Prezant et al., 1992; Ugozzoll et al., 1992; Nyren et al., 1993). These methods rely on the incorporation of labeled deoxynucleotides to discriminate between bases at a polymorphic site. As the signal is proportional to the number of deoxynucleotides incorporated, polymorphisms that occur in runs of the same nucleotide result in a signal that is proportional to the length of the run (Syvanen et al., 1990).
- iv. Extension in Solution
- French Patent 2,650,840 and PCT Application WO91/02087 discuss a solution-based method for determining the identity of the nucleotide of a polymorphic site. According to these methods, a primer complementary to allelic sequences immediately 3′- to a polymorphic site is used. The identity of the nucleotide of that site is determined using labeled dideoxynucleotide derivatives which are incorporated at the end of the primer if complementary to the nucleotide of the polymorphic site.
- v. Genetic Bit Analysis or Solid-Phase Extension
- PCT Application WO92/15712 describes a method that uses mixtures of labeled terminators and a primer that is complementary to the
sequence 3′ to a polymorphic site. The labeled terminator that is incorporated is complementary to the nucleotide present in the polymorphic site of the target molecule being evaluated and is thus identified. Here the primer or the target molecule is immobilized to a solid phase. - vi. Oligonucleotide Ligation Assay (OLA)
- This is another solid phase method that uses different methodology (Landegren et al., 1988). Two oligonucleotides, capable of hybridizing to abutting sequences of a single strand of a target DNA are used. One of these oligonucleotides is biotinylated while the other is detectably labeled. If the precise complementary sequence is found in a target molecule, the oligonucleotides will hybridize such that their termini abut, and create a ligation substrate. Ligation permits the recovery of the labeled oligonucleotide by using avidin. Other nucleic acid detection assays, based on this method, combined with PCR have also been described (Nickerson et al., 1990). Here, PCR is used to achieve the exponential amplification of target DNA, which is then detected using the OLA.
- vii. Ligase/Polymerase-Mediated Genetic Bit Analysis
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,952,174 describes a method that also involves two primers capable of hybridizing to abutting sequences of a target molecule. The hybridized product is formed on a solid support to which the target is immobilized. Here the hybridization occurs such that the primers are separated from one another by a space of a single nucleotide. Incubating this hybridized product in the presence of a polymerase, a ligase, and a nucleoside triphosphate mixture containing at least one deoxynucleoside triphosphate allows the ligation of any pair of abutting hybridized oligonucleotides. Addition of a ligase results in two events required to generate a signal, extension and ligation. This provides a higher specificity and lower “noise” than methods using either extension or ligation alone and unlike the polymerase-based assays, this method enhances the specificity of the polymerase step by combining it with a second hybridization and a ligation step for a signal to be attached to the solid phase.
- viii. Invasive Cleavage Reactions
- Invasive cleavage reactions can be used to evaluate cellular DNA for a particular polymorphism. A technology called INVADER® employs such reactions (e.g., de Arruda et al., 2002; Stevens et al., 2003, which are incorporated by reference). Generally, there are three nucleic acid molecules: 1) an oligonucleotide upstream of the target site (“upstream oligo”), 2) a probe oligonucleotide covering the target site (“probe”), and 3) a single-stranded DNA with the target site (“target”). The upstream oligo and probe do not overlap but they contain contiguous sequences. The probe contains a donor fluorophore, such as fluoroscein, and an acceptor dye, such as Dabcyl. The nucleotide at the 3′ terminal end of the upstream oligo overlaps (“invades”) the first base pair of a probe-target duplex. Then the probe is cleaved by a structure-specific 5′ nuclease causing separation of the fluorophore/quencher pair, which increases the amount of fluorescence that can be detected. See Lu et al. (2004). In some cases, the assay is conducted on a solid-surface or in an array format.
- A. Multiple Sclerosis
- Multiple Sclerosis (MS) is one of the most common diseases of the central nervous system (brain and spinal cord). It is an inflammatory condition associated with demyelination, or loss of the myelin sheath. Myelin, a fatty material that insulates nerves, acts as insulator in allowing nerves to transmit impulses from one point to another. In MS, the loss of myelin is accompanied by a disruption in the ability of the nerves to conduct electrical impulses to and from the brain and this produces the various symptoms of MS, such as impairments in vision, muscle coordination, strength, sensation, speech and swallowing, bladder control, sexuality and cognitive function. The plaques or lesions where myelin is lost appear as hardened, scar-like areas. These scars appear at different times and in different areas of the brain and spinal cord, hence the term “multiple” sclerosis, literally meaning many scars.
- Currently, there is no single laboratory test, symptom, or physical finding that provides a conclusive diagnosis of MS. To complicate matters, symptoms of MS can easily be confused with a wide variety of other diseases such as acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Lyme disease, HIV-associated myelopathy, HTLV-1-associated myelopathy, neurosyphilis, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, systemic lupus erythematosus, polyarteritis nodosa, Sjögren's syndrome, Behçet's disease, sarcoidosis, paraneoplastic syndromes, subacute combined degeneration of cord, subacute myelo-optic neuropathy, adrenomyeloneuropathy, spinocerebellar syndromes, hereditary spastic paraparesis/primary lateral sclerosis, strokes, tumors, arteriovenous malformations, arachnoid cysts, Arnold-Chiari malformations, and cervical spondylosis. Consequently, the diagnosis of MS must be made by a process that demonstrates findings that are consistent with MS, and also rules out other causes.
- Generally, diagnosis of MS relies on two criteria. First, there must have been two attacks at least one month apart. An attack, also known as an exacerbation, flare, or relapse, is a sudden appearance of or worsening of an MS symptom or symptoms which lasts at least 24 hours. Second, there must be more than one area of damage to central nervous system myelin sheath. Damage to sheath must have occurred at more than one point in time and not have been caused by any other disease that can cause demyelination or similar neurologic symptoms. MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) currently is the preferred method of imaging the brain to detect the presence of plaques or scarring caused by MS.
- The diagnosis of MS cannot be made, however, solely on the basis of MRI. Other diseases can cause comparable lesions in the brain that resemble those caused by MS. Furthermore, the appearance of brain lesions by MRI can be quite heterogeneous in different patients, even resembling brain or spinal cord tumors in some. In addition, a normal MRI scan does not rule out a diagnosis of MS, as a small number of patients with confirmed MS do not show any lesions in the brain on MRI. These individuals often have spinal cord lesions or lesions which cannot be detected by MRI. As a result, it is critical that a thorough clinical exam also include a patient history and functional testing. This should cover mental, emotional, and language functions, movement and coordination, vision, balance, and the functions of the five senses. Sex, birthplace, family history, and age of the person when symptoms first began are also important considerations. Other tests, including evoked potentials (electrical diagnostic studies that may reveal delays in central nervous system conduction times), cerebrospinal fluid (seeking the presence of clonally-expanded immunoglobulin genes, referred to as oligoclonal bands), and blood (to rule out other causes), may be required in certain cases.
- B. Samples and Preparation
- The present invention contemplates the identification of VH4 sequences from B cells obtained from any sample (fluid or tissue) that would contain such cells. In particular, the present invention will rely on peripheral blood as a source of B cells, given the ease of obtention and the plentiful nature of B cells. In addition, given the CNS implications of MS, cerebrospinal fluid provides another potential source of B cells for analysis. Methods for separating and analyzing nucleic acids are provided above.
- C. Therapy and Prophylaxis
- It may be that, on the basis of the diagnosis or prediction provided by the methods described herein, one will wish to begin, end or modify a therapeutic regimen. In particular, subjects diagnosed as having or at risk of developing MS may be started on a therapeutic regimen. The primary aims of therapy are returning function after an attack, preventing new attacks, and preventing disability. As with any medical treatment, medications used in the management of MS have several adverse effects, and many possible therapies are still under investigation.
- During symptomatic attacks, administration of high doses of intravenous corticosteroids, such as methylprednisolone, is the routine therapy for acute relapses. The aim of this kind of treatment is to end the attack sooner and leave fewer lasting deficits in the patient. Although generally effective in the short term for relieving symptoms, corticosteroid treatments do not appear to have a significant impact on long-term recovery. Potential side effects include osteoporosis and impaired memory, the latter being reversible.
- The earliest clinical presentation of relapsing-remitting MS (RRMS) is the clinically isolated syndrome (CIS). Several studies have shown that treatment with interferons during an initial attack can decrease the chance that a patient will develop MS. As of 2007, six disease-modifying treatments have been approved by regulatory agencies of different countries for relapsing-remitting MS. Three are interferons: two formulations of interferon beta-1a (trade names Avonex and Rebif) and one of interferon beta-1b (U.S. trade name Betaseron™, in Europe and Japan Betaferon). A fourth medication is glatiramer acetate (Copaxone™). The fifth medication, mitoxantrone, is an immunosuppressant also used in cancer chemotherapy, is approved only in the USA and largely for SPMS. Finally, the sixth is natalizumab (marketed as Tysabri™). All six medications are modestly effective at decreasing the number of attacks and slowing progression to disability, although they differ in their efficacy rate and studies of their long-term effects are still lacking. Comparisons between immunomodulators (all but mitoxantrone) show that the most effective is natalizumab, both in terms of relapse rate reduction and halting disability progression; it has also been shown to reduce the severity of MS. Mitoxantrone may be the most effective of them all; however, it is generally considered not as a long-term therapy as its use is limited by severe cardiotoxicity.
- The interferons and glatiramer acetate are delivered by frequent injections, varying from once-per-day for glatiramer acetate to once-per-week (but intra-muscular) for Avonex. Natalizumab and mitoxantrone are given by IV infusion at monthly intervals. Treatment of progressive MS is more difficult than relapsing-remitting MS. Mitoxantrone has shown positive effects in patients with a secondary progressive and progressive relapsing courses. It is moderately effective in reducing the progression of the disease and the frequency of relapses in patients in short-term follow-up. On the other hand no treatment has been proven to modify the course of primary progressive MS.
- Disease-modifying treatments only reduce the progression rate of the disease but do not stop it. As multiple sclerosis progresses, the symptomatology tends to increase. The disease is associated with a variety of symptoms and functional deficits that result in a range of progressive impairments and handicap. Management of these deficits is therefore very important. Both drug therapy and neurorehabilitation have shown to ease the burden of some symptoms, even though neither influence disease progression. As for any patient with neurologic deficits, a multidisciplinary approach is key to limiting and overcoming disability; however there are particular difficulties in specifying a ‘core team’ because people with MS may need help from almost any health profession or service at some point. Similarly for each symptom there are different treatment options. Treatments should therefore be individualized depending both on the patient and the physician.
- The present invention also contemplates the use of novel therapeutic agents—antibodies or peptides/peptoids that bind to the altered VH4 genes described herein—to treat SLE. VH4-antibody therapeutics can be prepared and screened for reactivity using well known techniques. Peptides and peptiods that act as “mimotopes,” or epitope-mimicking structures can be administered and used to sequester the VH4 products away from pathologic interactions. See Reimer & Jensen-Jarolim (2007).
- The following examples are included to demonstrate preferred embodiments of the invention. It should be appreciated by those of skill in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples which follow represent techniques discovered by the inventor to function well in the practice of the invention, and thus can be considered to constitute preferred modes for its practice. However, those of skill in the art should, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments which are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
- Patient Description and Database Generation.
- Cerebrospinal fluid and peripheral blood were collected from eleven relapsing remitting MS patients at UT Southwestern Medical Center, in accordance with the UT Southwestern Institutional Review Board. Brief patient descriptions are summarized in Table 7. This database includes patients whose sequences have been analyzed elsewhere (Monson et al., 2005; Harp et al., 2007). Sequences obtained from CSF-derived B cell repertoires from these patients were analyzed using Sequencher 4.5 (Gene Codes Corporation, Ann Arbor, Mich.). Differences from the IgBlast (NCBI; world wide web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/igblast) were evaluated, but no changes in gene usage were noted. Sequences with more than 4 mutations (less than 98% germline) were designated as the MS memory (mMSCSF) subdatabase (Brezinschek et al., 1998; Damle et al., 1999; Hamblin et al., 1999). Two RRMS patients were collected under the University of Colorado School of Medicine Institutional Review Board (Ritchie et al., 2004). Brief patient descriptions are included in Table 7. B cell repertoire summaries from these patients was published in Ritchie et al. (2004), and analyzed using DNASIS Max software located at the V Base Sequence directory (world wide web at mrc-cpe.cam.ac.uk). The HCPB antibody database has been used in multiple studies (Brezinschek et al., 1997; Brezinschek et al., 1998; Dorner et al., 1997; Dorner et al., 1998a; Dorner et al., 1998b; Dorner et al., 1998c; Farner et al., 1999; Hansen et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2000). The MSPB database was collected from the peripheral blood of three relapsing remitting MS patients (see Table 7 for brief patient summaries) at the time of CSF sampling. Peripheral blood lymphocytes were isolated by centrifugation in the presence of a Ficoll gradient. Similarly to HCPB, the inventor separated those sequences that contained more than 4 mutations (less than 98% germline sequence), which would represent peripheral memory B cells (Brezinschek et al., 1998; Damle et al., 1999; Hamblin et al., 1999) (memory MSPB or mMSPB).
- The patients used to generate the class-switched IgG+CD27+ database are described in Tian et al. (2007) and were collected under the Vanderbilt University Medical Center Institutional Review Board. The sequences were re-confirmed by the inventor's laboratory using IgBlast for gene usage, mutational number, and mutational codon location and type (replacement or silent). These sequences were combined with sequences from the HCPB database described above that contained more than 4 mutations (less than 98% germline sequence), which would represent peripheral memory B cells. The HCPB memory (mHCPB) sub-database and the class-switched IgG B cell database (Tian et al., 2007) did not differ in gene family usage, but did differ in MF.
-
- One patient with Sjögren's syndrome was used; the data from this patient was published in (Hansen et al., 2003), and are listed in Table 6.
- One patient with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) was used; the data from this patient was published in (Domer et al., 1999), and were analyzed using GeneWorks (IntelliGenetics, Mountain View, Calif.) and Sequencher (Gene Codes, Ann Arbor, Mich.). A patient summary can be found in Table 8.
- Two patients with other neurological diseases (OND) were collected from UT Southwestern Medical Center, in accordance with UT Southwestern Institutional Review Board. The obtained sequences were analyzed using Sequencher 4.5 (Gene Codes Corporation, Ann Arbor, Mich.). The patients are listed in Table 8.
- Two patients were obtained that had experienced a clinically isolated event;
- the diagnostic lumbar puncture was used as the CSF B cell sort and were collected from UT Southwestern Medical Center, in accordance with UT Southwestern Institutional Review Board.
- The obtained sequences were analyzed using Sequencher 4.5 (Gene Codes, Ann Arbor, Mich.) for CIS 132, and the sequences from CIS429 were analyzed using IgBlast. An additional CIS patient was collected under the University of Colorado School of Medicine Institutional Review Board; the data from this patient was published in Ritchie et al. (2004), and analyzed using DNASIS Max software using V Base Sequence directory (world wide web at mrccpe.cam.ac.uk). The patients included in these analyses are listed in Table 8.
- B Cell Sorting, Primer Extension Preamplification, and Heavy Chain Rearrangement Amplification.
- These methods were carried out as previously described (Farner et al., 1999; Brezinschek et al., 1995; Foster et al., 1999). Clonally expanded B cells were defined as those VH rearrangements being represented two or more times in the repertoire. Clones were determined by similar VH and JH usage, followed by CDR3 length and composition; mutations were then compared to ensure clonality. In normalized analyses, the clones were only counted a single time, regardless of the number of rearrangements in the repertoire. Two additional MS CD19+ rearrangement sequences used in VH family, VH4 gene, JH usage, overall MF, and CDR3 length numbers were obtained from (Ritchie et al., 2004).
- Mutational Analyses.
- VH read length was defined as
codons 31 through 95 (CDR1 and 2,FR 2 and 3). The 3′ end of the VH gene was defined as codon 95, or as long as the germline variable sequence was present. Mutational frequency was determined as the number of mutations as related by germline VH databases (Sequencher 4.5 and IgBlast) and divided by the total read length, not including FR1 in either of these figures. Mutational frequency in CDR or FR was done in the same manner, with the number of mutations in the regions (CDR1 and CDR2; FR2 and FR3) divided by the total number of nucleotides in that region. - Targeting to DGYW/WRCH motifs was evaluated by mutational frequency in a motif; this number was generated using the number of mutations in a motif divided by the total number of nucleotides in DGYW/WRCH motifs (done by the number of nucleotides in a motif of each gene multiplied by the number of times this gene was used in the repertoire). Only CDR1, FR2, CDR2, and FR3 were included in this analysis.
- Mutational position frequency was calculated as the number of replacement mutations between
codons 24 to 95 at each codon divided by the total number of replacement mutations.Codons 24 to 31 of FR1 were included in this analysis because most of the sequences did include these locations, and thus might be biased, but conservatively. Codon domains were defined by Kabat (1987), and codon numbers were defined by Tomlinson in V-base (vbase.mrc-cpe.cam.ac.uk). - Each mutation in CDR1, FR2, CDR2, and FR3 was counted once in mutational frequency and CDR targeting analyses, and each codon only counted once for replacement: silent ratios.
- CDR3 Length.
- CDR3 length was considered from the end of VH, including the D segment to the beginning of the JH segment, ending at codon 102, as defined by Kabat (1987).
- VH4 Structure.
- A human VH4-30.4 antibody structure was obtained from the Protein Data Bank, Chemistry Department, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, N.Y. 11973 (world wide web at rcsb.org) under the identification moniker 1MCO, and adapted using the RasMol program (RasMac v2.6 available at mc2.cchem.berkeley.edu/Rasmol/Sayle and Milner-White, 1995)). The structure was described in (Guddat et al., 1993), and deposited in the data bank by the authors. The adaptations made were to show only the variable regions (including VDJ), and to highlight the codons included in the signature as described in the figure legends.
- Statistical Analysis.
- Family and VH4 gene usages were compared using chi square analysis. CDR3 lengths were analyzed by ANOVA analysis, using the Kruskal-Wallis test. Mutational position was compared between MS and HCPB using the Goodness of Fit test.
- MS Patient CSF B Cells have an Unusually High Frequency of VH4 Family Usage.
- In order to address our hypothesis that the VH4 family used in the MSCSF will be dysregulated, the inventor first analyzed whether the VH4 family was overrepresented in our CSF-derived B cell antibody database consisting of 405 sequences from 13 MS patients (patient descriptions in Table 7) and compared it to healthy control B cell repertoires (patient descriptions in Table 8) (Brezinschek et al., Brezinschek et al., 1998; Dorner et al., 1997; Dorner et al., 1998a; Dorner et al., 1998b; Dorner et al., 1998c; Farner et al., 1999; Hansen et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2000). As previously established, the majority of B cells from healthy control peripheral blood (HCPB) most often utilize VH3 family genes (61.1%) to generate their antibody repertoire, followed by VH4 family genes (18.5%) and VH1 family genes (13.7%) (
FIG. 1A ) (Brezinschek et al., 1995). VH2 and VH5 family genes are rarely rearranged in B cells from HCPB (2.2% and 4% respectively) (Brezinschek et al., 1995). However, HCPB is composed mostly of naïve B cells, which likely have a different family usage signature in comparison to CSF B cells, which are composed mostly of memory B cells (Harp et al., 2007; Cepok et al., 2005). Thus, we generated a sub-database of only those sequences from the HCPB database that would be categorized as memory B cells based on homology (<98%) as previously defined by us and others (Brezinschek et al., 1998; Damle et al., 1999; Hamblin et al., 1999). The inventor also combined our HCPB memory B cell sub-database with a B cell database generated from post-switch memory B cells (CD27+IgG+) (Tian et al., 2007). These 2 databases did not differ statistically from each other in VH1, VH2, VH3 or VH4 family usage. Comparison of this memory sub-database (mHCPB) to the full database (HCPB) revealed no significant changes in VH family usage, such that VH3 family genes constituted the majority of VH family usage in the repertoire (compare 61.1% in HCPB to 61.5% in mHCPB, p>0.14). VH1 and VH4 family usage was also comparable between the two databases. The frequency of VH4 family usage is also statistically similar to peripheral memory B cells from MS patients (mMSPB), even though it appears different (FIG. 1A ) (compare 16.4% mHCPB to 22.3% mMSPB, p>0.26). - In contrast to the mHCPB database, the CSF B cell database from MS patients (MSCSF) had a significant decrease in VH3 family usage (compare 61.5% in mHCPB to 31.4% in MSCSF, p<0.001), and an increased usage of the VH4 family (compare 16.6% in mHCPB to 35.8% in MSCSF, p<0.001) and the VH1 family (compare 11.1% in mHCPB to 25.2% in MSCSF, p<0.001) (
FIGS. 1A and 1B ). Overrepresentation of VH4 usage was maintained even when each clone was counted once in the repertoire database (normalized;FIG. 1B ). Plasma B cell repertoires (identified by CD138 expression) from MS patient CSF reported by others (Ritchie et al., 2004; Owens et al., 2007) also demonstrated a pronounced skewing to VH4 family usage (66.7%), but did not show the increased VH1 family usage seen in the CD19+ B cell population (compare 2.3% in CD138+ to 25.2% in CD19+, p<0.001) (FIG. 1B ). - Patients with Clinically Isolated Syndrome (CIS) are considered “at risk” to develop MS, but did not demonstrate VH4 prevalence observed in the MSCSF database since VH4 frequency in the CISCSF was statistically less than the MSCSF (compare 22.0% in CISCSF to 35.8% in MSCSF, p<0.01) (
FIG. 1C ), but similar to HCPB (compare 22.0% in CISCSF to 21.8% in HCPB, p=0.96) even when only the patients that progressed to CDMS were considered. The CISCSFVH4 frequency is similar to that of the HCPB, mHCPB, MSPB, mMSPB, and ONDCSF. Interestingly, a previously reported CIS patient did have this increased frequency of VH4 family usage in the CSF-derived plasma cell repertoire (Ritchie et al., 2004), even though it is has yet to be demonstrated in the same patient's CSF-derived CD19+ population (compare 25.0% in CISCSF or mCISCSF to 42.1% in CIS CD138, p<0.005) (FIG. 1C ). - To determine if overrepresentation of VH4 family usage was unique to the MS patients, or could be observed in other patients with autoimmune diseases mediated by humoral immunity, the inventor compared the signature of VH family usage from the peripheral blood of two other B cell autoimmune diseases, SLE (Hansen et al., 2000; Dorner et al., 1999) and Sjögren's Syndrome (Hansen et al., 2003), as well as two CSF-derived B cell repertoires from patients with other neurological diseases (OND) (Monson et al., 2005; Harp et al., 2007) to the MSCSF database. As indicated in
FIG. 1D , B cell repertoires from Sjögren's or SLE patients did not utilize the VH4 family as extensively as CSF-derived B cells from MS patients (FIG. 1B ). In addition, neither OND patient utilized the VH4 family more extensively than expected, regardless of the inflammatory nature of the patient's disease (FIG. 1D ). - MS Patient CSF B Cell Database Reveals No Restriction in Individual VH4 Gene Usage.
- The increase of VH4 family usage in the MSCSF database in comparison to mHCPB and patients with other B cell mediated autoimmune diseases could be attributed to an increased usage frequency of all nine individual heavy chain genes that comprise the VH4 family, or preferential use of one or more of the VH4 family genes. To differentiate between these two possibilities, we compared the frequency usage of the 9 individual genes that comprise the VH4 family in the MSCSF database to the mHCPB database (Table 1) and repertoires from patients with other B cell mediated autoimmune diseases (Table 2). All of the VH4 genes were used similarly in HCPB and mHCPB, with the exception of 4-04, which is observed more often in mHCPB than in the inclusive repertoire (compare 9% in the HCPB to 29% in mHCPB, p<0.03) (Table 1). MSPB and HCPB also had similar VH4 gene frequencies, as did mMSPB and mHCPB. MSCSF usage of the VH4 genes was also the same as in mMSPB, but resembled HCPB instead of mHCPB in VH4-04 usage (6% in MSCSF compared to 9% in HCPB, p=0.41, or 29% in mHCPB, p<0.001) (Table 1). These observations were maintained even when the repertoires were normalized so that each clone was represented once in the MSCSF database. Interestingly, VH4 individual gene usage frequency was similar in MSCSF, SLE and Sjögren's, with the exception of VH4-34, which was used more extensively in both SLE and Sjögren's compared to MSCSF (Table 2).
- J Segment Usage not Biased in MSCSFVH4 Populations, but is in MSPBVH4.
- The extensive VH4 family usage by the MSCSF database prompted analysis of the J segment usage within the VH4-expressing B cell databases. Autoreactive B cells in peripheral germinal centers are known to utilize JH6 segments more frequently (Zheng et al., 2004), so the inventor reasoned that VH4-expressing B cells from the CSF of MS patients may also be enriched for JH6 usage. JH4 is the most common J segment used in the HCPB B cell repertoire database as described by the inventor (
FIG. 6 and (Monson et al., 2005; Harp et al., 2007) and others (Brezinschek et al., 1995), even when only those B cells expressing VH4 family genes are considered (FIG. 2 , HCPBVH4=57.7%). The subdatabase consisting of only those memory B cells expressing VH4 family genes also utilized the JH4 segment most frequently (mHCPBVH4=57.1%). In contrast, the mMSPBVH4 database utilized JH6 segments more frequently than mHCPB (compare 58.8% mMSPBVH4 to 11.4% mHCPBVH4, p<0.001). Curiously, this enrichment of JH6 utilization by VH4 expressing B cells observed in MSPB was not observed in MSCSFVH4 (compare 40.0% MSPBVH4 to 14.6% MSCSFVH4, p<0.001). - MSCSFVH4 Cells have Normal CDR3 Length, but MSPBVH4 do not.
- Longer CDR3 lengths have been associated with dysregulation and autoimmunity (Wardemann et al., 2003), so the inventor reasoned that VH4-expressing B cells from MSCSF may have longer CDR3 lengths than the VH4-expressing B cells from HCPB. CDR3 lengths are typically compared among groups by calculating the average length (
FIG. 3A ); however, different distributions can result in a similar average, so distribution ranges are also useful for comparison (FIG. 3B ). HCPB as a whole has a CDR3 length average of 13.1 amino acids, and the VH4 subset has an average of 13.4 amino acids (p>0.05). The mHCPBVH4 has a mean of 12.7 and the MSCSFVH4, though longer (14.1 amino acids), did not differ statistically from either of these (p>0.05). - In contrast, the CDR3 distribution ranges did differ (
FIG. 3B ), especially when MSPB or mMSPB were compared to HCPB. For example, MSPBVH4 had 22.5% of its sequences in the longest range of >20 amino acids, and HCPBVH4 had 4.0% of its sequences in the longest range of >20 amino acids (p<0.003). However, CDR3 lengths>20 amino acids were at a similar frequency in MSCSF and mMSCSF compared to HCPB (9.0% and 10.3% compared to 4.0%, p=0.175 and p=0.111 respectively). This data indicated that MSPB and mMSPB tended towards longer CDR3 lengths more readily than the other groups (including MSCSF), although all groups typically had CDR3 lengths in the range of 10 to 14 amino acids. - MSCSFVH4 have an Increased Mutational Frequency in Comparison to HCPBVH4.
- Previously, the inventor established that the MSCSF B cell database had an enhanced mutational frequency (MF) in comparison to HCPB (Monson et al., 2005. The inventor hypothesized that VH4-expressing CSF-derived B cells would also have a higher mutation frequency than what is observed in the population as a whole, especially considering the increased frequency of VH4-expressing B cells, suggesting local expansion of this population. In order to test this hypothesis, the inventor compared the mutational frequencies of the B cell databases as a whole to the mutational frequencies of the sub-database of only those B cells expressing VH4 genes (Table 3 and
FIG. 4 ). As expected, the inclusive HCPB repertoire has a mutational frequency of 2.3% because the majority of the B cells in this compartment are naïve and, as expected, the memory B cell subpopulation of this database (mHCPB) had a much higher MF (compare 2.3% in HCPB to 5.8% in mHCPB, p<0.001). Interestingly, the VH4-expressing B cell subpopulation of this database (HCPBVH4) had a MF of 2.0%, which was significantly less than the MF of the overall repertoire without VH4 (compare 2.0% in HCPBVH4 to 2.3% in HCPBAll-VH4, p<0.02). In contrast, the MSPBVH4 and the MSCSFVH4 subdatabases had MFs that were statistically greater than the MF of the overall MSPB and MSCSF databases (compare 2.9% in MSPBVH4 to 1.7% in MSPB (p<0.001) and 6.0% in MSCSFVH4 to 5.0% in MSCSF (p<0.001)). This same pattern was observed when only memory B cells were considered, and is due to the enrichment of CSF B cells with more than 5 mutations per rearrangement (FIG. 4 ). B cell repertoires from the CIS, Sjögren's, or SLE patient populations were not analyzed in this manner because of the low frequency of VH4 expressing B cells in those repertoires. - MSCSFVH4 Mutational Characteristics Retain Targeting to CDR and DGYW/WRCH Motifs.
- Mutational characteristics of the antibody variable region can confirm whether appropriate targeting of mutations that are associated with antigenic selection occur within the context of a classic germinal center (Harp et al., 2007). The MSCSF database maintains typical germinal center features including targeting to CDRs and particular motifs within the CDRs (Harp et al., 2007). CSF derived B cell clones from MS patients have more atypical features (Monson et al., 2005), suggesting that some clonally expanded B cells in the CSF are not selected in the context of a classical germinal center. If the B cells expressing VH4 genes are enriched for self-reactive B cells, and these cells are being driven by antigen in the CNS, the VH4 cells may have diminished mutational targeting characteristics rather than the punctuated targeting of mutations associated with classically selected germinal center B cells. To evaluate this, the inventor categorized 4,182 mutations in the MSCSF B cell database and 1,815 mutations in the MSCSFVH4 sub-database according to their regional location, amino acid position, whether the mutation resulted in an amino acid change (replacement) or not (silent), and whether the mutation occurred within a motif known to be targeted by the mutational machinery (Rogozin and Diaz, 2004). The combination of these traits indicate whether or not a B cell or population of B cells have been selected in the context of a classical germinal center.
- Mutational Targeting Measured by MF in MSCSFVH4 CDR is Preserved.
- Since the CDR is comprised of fewer nucleotides than the FR, mutational frequencies in these regions are a more objective method of evaluating targeting than the percentage of mutations in these regions. As one would expect in a typical germinal center reaction, the MSCSF CDRs have a much higher MF than FRs when the repertoire is considered as a whole (8.0 to 3.1, p<0.001), or when only VH4 expressing CSF-derived B cells are considered (8.8 to 3.9, p<0.001) (Table 3). When only memory MSCSF B cells are considered, the CDR MF is still much higher than the FR MF when the repertoire is considered as a whole (11.8 to 4.6, p<0.001), or when only the mMSCSFVH4 sub-database is considered (11.7 to 5.7, p<0.004). This implies that targeting mutations to CDR is preserved in the VH4 expressing B cells from MSCSF.
- Replacement:Silent Ratios are Normal in MSCSFVH4.
- It is well established that replacement mutations within CDRs are favorable as they influence antigen affinity, whilst replacement mutations within FRs are unfavorable as they can affect antibody structure (Kirkham and Schroeder, 1994; Vargas-Madrazo et al., 1994; Both et al., 1990; Tanaka and Nei, 1989). An R:S ratio of 2.9 is considered random (Shlomchik et al., 1987), less than this number is conservation of sequence, and a ratio greater than 2.9 indicates diversification (Shlomchik et al., 1987). As in the HCPBVH4, the MSCSFVH4 B cells had significant sequence variation in the CDR, but preservation of sequence in the FR(HCPBVH4 CDR 6.6, FR 1.3; MSCSFVH4 CDR 4.4, FR 1.2) (Table 4).
- Targeting to DGYW/WRCH Motifs is Preserved in MSCSFVH4.
- Somatic hypermutation occurring in the context of a classical germinal center is predominantly targeted to DGYW/WRCH motifs within variable immunoglobulin genes (Rogozin and Diaz, 2004). If VH4 expressing B cells undergo antigen driven selection in the context of a classical germinal center, then targeting to these motifs should be preserved. In order to determine whether appropriate targeting to DGYW/WRCH (abbreviated “DW”) motifs occurred in the MSCSF VH4 sub-database in comparison to the VH4 sub-database of the control groups, MFs in the motifs were determined. HCPBVH4 B cells had a MF within DW motifs of 3.1%, while the mHCPBVH4 B cells had a MF of 9.4% (p<0.001)(Table 4). MSCSFVH4 B cells had a MF of 9.0% within DW motifs, which was statistically greater than what was observed in HCPBVH4 B cells (p<0.001), equivalent to what was observed in mHCPB (p>0.05).
- Mutation Position Analysis Reveals an MS-Specific Signature in VH4 Expressing CSF-Derived B Cells.
- Analysis of individual codons' mutation frequencies may possibly reveal a pattern of replacement mutations in the VH4 genes that is unique to the MSCSF database. In order to test this, the mutational frequency at each codon within the MSCSFVH4 B cell database was determined and compared to the frequency of random mutation (1.5%) such that any codon with a MF statistically greater than 1.5% was identified as a “hot” spot (Dorner et al., 1997) (Table 5). Previous analysis had identified
30, 31, 50, 55, 56, 78, 89 and 94 as “hot spots” for replacement mutations in the overall HCPB heavy chain repertoire (Dorner et al., 1997). The VH4 subdatabase of the HCPB database (HCPBVH4) includes two of these original hotspots (codon positions codons 30 and 56), and 3 additional hotspots for replacement mutations ( 52, 68, and 81), which were marked as VH4 family biased mutational hot spots (Table 5). Interestingly, one of the three VH4 family biased mutational hotspots is not included within a DGYW/WRCH motif (codon 52), but it has a mutational frequency significantly greater than the random frequency (compare 4.9% to the random frequency of 1.5%, p<0.001).codons - Five additional positions (
31B, 40, 57, 60, and 69) were identified as replacement hot spots in the MSCSFVH4 database that were not replacement hot spots in either the HCPBVH4 database or overall HCPB databases (Table 18), and are thus specific for MSCSF-derived B cells expressing VH4 antibody genes. Of these MS specific hotspots, 31B is most impressive, demonstrating a 7-fold increase in mutation accumulation in comparison to HCPB. This codon is present in only four of the nine VH4 genes (4-30, 4-31, 4-39, 4-61), and is mutated in 69% of B cells utilizing VH4-61, 46% of B cells utilizing VH4-39, 35% of B cells utilizing VH4-30, and 14% of B cells utilizing VH4-31 (data not shown). Interestingly, VH4-34, the VH4 variable gene associated with autoreactivity in the periphery of healthy controls and SLE patients (Pugh-Bernard et al., 2001; Zheng et al., 2004; Mockridge et al., 2004; Voswinkel et al., 1997), does not contain this codon. Codons 30 and 68 are “cold” spots, in that the MSCSFVH4 B cells had replacement mutations at these positions significantly less frequently than in HCPBVH4 B cells (Table 5).codons Codon 52 in the MSCSFVH4 database also had an MF that was less than the HCPBVH4 database, but still significantly greater than the random frequency. These “hot” and “cold” spots together include 11 codons, and represent 27.8% of the mutations in the MSCSFVH4 database (Table 6). These significant changes in codon mutation frequency in the MSCSFVH4 database constitute a footprint of mutations that is unique to MS. -
TABLE 1 VH4 individual gene usage in peripheral blood HCPB MSPB MSCSF Genes HCPB Memory MSPB Memory MSCSF Memory 4-04 7 (9%)4,5 9 (26%) 4 (10%) 2 (14%)7 9 (6%)5 3 (3%)5,6 4-28 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 4-301 5 (7%)7 2 (6%) 5 (13%) 2 (14%) 26 (18%) 23 (21%)5 4-31 4 (5%) 0 (0%) 3 (8%) 1 (7%) 7 (5%) 6 (6%) 4-34 13 (17%) 3 (9%) 4 (10%) 1 (7%) 8 (6%) 5 (5%) 4-39 16 (21%) 6 (17%) 9 (23%) 1 (7%) 35 (24%) 23 (22%) 4-59 24 (32%) 11 (31%) 11 (28%) 5 (36%) 41 (28%) 29 (27%) 4-61 3 (4%) 1 (3%) 2 (5%) 1 (7%) 13 (9%) 12 (11%) 4-B 4 (5%) 3 (9%) 2 (5%) 1 (7%) 6 (4%) 3 (3%) VH4 N2 76 35 40 14 145 104 Total N3 349 205 226 62 405 273 1Includes all sub-genes (4-30.1, 4-30.2, and 4-30.4) 2Number of productive VH4 sequences analyzed in each group 3Number of productive VH sequences overall 4Absolute number (% of total VH4 sequences) 5Different from HCPB memory 6Different from MSPB memory 7Different from MSCSF memory -
TABLE 2 VH4 individual gene usage in Sjögren's and SLE B cell autoimmune diseases Compared to MSCSF Genes Sjögren's SLE Sjögren's SLE 4-04 3 (14%)4 0 (0%) = = 4-28 0 (0%) 0 (0%) NA5 NA5 4-301 2 (10%) 1 (33%) = = 4-31 0 (0%) 0 (0%) = = 4-34 5 (24%) 2 (67%) p < 0.004 p < 0.002 4-39 0 (0%) 0 (0%) = p < 0.02 4-59 8 (38%) 0 (0%) = = 4-61 3 (14%) 0 (0%) = = 4-b 0 (0%) 0 (0%) = = VH4 N 221 3 Total N 3107 41 1Includes all sub-genes (4-30.1, 4-30.2, and 4-30.4) 2Number of productive VH4 sequences analyzed in each group 3Number of productive VH sequences overall 4Absolute number (% of total VH4 sequences) 5None of the groups had any VH4-28 genes NA = not applicable -
TABLE 3 Mutational Frequency in B cell Repertoires Total MF All CDR vs FR VH4 CDR vs FR All vs VH4 Total CDR FR p-value Total CDR FR p-value p-value All B cells HCPB 2.31,2,3 3.51,2,3 1.71,2,3 p < 0.001 2.01,2,3 2.41,2,3 1.91,2,3 p < 0.04 <0.024 MSPB 1.71,2,3 3.31,2,3 1.01,2,3 p < 0.001 2.91,2,3 5.21,2,3 1.91,2,3 p < 0.001 <0.0014 MSCSF 5.01,2,3 8.01,2,3 3.11,3 p < 0.001 6.03 8.82,3 3.91,3 p < 0.001 <0.0014 Memory B cells only mHCPB 5.83 9.43 4.02,3 p < 0.001 6.13 7.72,3 5.32 p < 0.004 NS mMSPB 5.63 10.5 3.31,3 p < 0.001 6.33 11.51 3.91 p < 0.001 <0.024 mMSCSF 6.61,2 11.81,2 4.61,2 p < 0.001 7.31,2 11.71 5.72 p < 0.001 <0.0014 1Different from HCPB memory (p ≦ 0.05) 2Different from MSPB memory (p ≦ 0.05) 3Different from MSCSF memory (p ≦ 0.05) 4Comparing All without VH4 to VH4 NS = not significant -
TABLE 4 VH4 Mutational Characteristics HCPB mHCPB5 CSPB5 MSCSF R:S Ratio 6.63 6.93 3.01,2 4.4 CDR R:S Ratio FR 1.3 1.5 1.8 1.23 DW Motifs 3.1%2,3,4 9.4%1 15.1%1,2,4 9.0%1,3 MF Total DW Motifs 2.5%2,3,4 7.7%1 15.7%1,2 10.4%1,2,3 MF CDR DW Motifs 3.6%2,3,4 10.8%1 14.6%1,2 7.8%1,2,3 MF FR 1Different from HCPB VH4 (p ≦ 0.05) 2Different from mHCPB VH4 (p ≦ 0.05) 3Different from CSPB VH4 (p ≦ 0.05) 4Different from MSCSF VH4 (p ≦ 0.05) 5mHCPB separated into those defined by MF >2% (mHCPB) and those defined by IgG+CD27+ expression (CSPB) -
TABLE 5 VH4 R Mutational Frequencies at Codon Hot Spots DGYW MSCSF to Codon Location2 Motif HCPB MSCSF HCPB 301 FR1 Y 3.8% 1.9% p < 0.005 31B CDR1 Y 0.5% 3.5% p < 0.001 40 FR2 Y 1.1% 2.6% p < 0.001 52 CDR2 N 4.9% 2.7% p < 0.005 561 CDR2 Y 2.8% 5.4% p < 0.001 57 CDR2 Y/N3 1.1% 2.0% p < 0.01 60 CDR2 Y 1.1% 2.4% p < 0.001 68 FR3 N 2.2% 1.2% p < 0.05 69 FR3 N 1.1% 2.0% p < 0.01 81 FR3 Y 2.7% 4.6% p < 0.001 891 FR3 Y 1.1% 2.0% p < 0.01 1Previously published hotspot (Dorner et al., 1997) also in VH4 signature 2As defined by Kabat 3Nucleotide position 1 is within a DW motif, but not nucleotide 2 and 3.positions -
TABLE 6 MSCSF VH4 R Mutation Frequencies at Codon Hot Spots 4-04 4-30a 4-31 4-34 4-39 4-59 4-61 4-b Totald % total VH4 2% 21% 5% 5% 18% 31% 16% 2% 1184 mutationsb % total VH4 6% 18% 5% 6% 24% 28% 9% 4% 145 use 30 3.8%e 0.8%e 1.5%e 4.6%e 2.3%e 1.9%e 1.1%e 0.0%e 1.9%d 31B NAc 3.7% 1.6% NAc 7.5% NAc 4.9% NAc 3.5%d 40 0.0% 3.3% 3.2% 6.2% 2.3% 1.9% 0.0% 0.0% 2.6%d 52 3.8% 2.1% 4.8% 3.1% 2.8% 2.2% 3.8% 3.8% 2.7%d 56 3.8% 6.2% 4.8% 3.1% 5.6% 2.8% 4.9% 7.7% 5.4%d 57 3.8% 1.2% 0.0% 6.2% 2.3% 1.1% 2.2% 3.8% 2.0%d 60 3.8% 2.5% 4.8% 0.0% 1.9% 1.4% 3.2% 0.0% 2.4%d 68 0.0% 2.5% 1.6% 1.5% 0.0% 0.8% 0.5% 0.0% 1.2%d 69 0.0% 0.8% 0.0% 3.1% 2.3% 3.6% 0.5% 3.8% 2.0%d 81 11.5% 4.9% 6.3% 4.6% 5.6% 2.2% 4.3% 7.7% 4.6%d 89 3.8% 0.0% 3.2% 4.6% 1.9% 1.9% 3.2% 7.7% 2.0%d Totalf 34.6% 28.0% 31.7% 36.9% 34.6% 19.9% 28.6% 34.6% 27.8% a4-30 includes all sub-genes bPercent of total R mutations in each gene cGene does not contain codon 31BdOverall VH4 mutational frequency (see Table 7) ePercent of total mutations found in this gene are at this location fPercent of total R mutations of the gene represented in footprint -
TABLE 7 MS Patient Summary1 MS02- MS02- M1252,3 M199 M217 M3542,3 M3682,3 M3763 M4842,3 M5223 M5843 M8752,3 M887 194,5 244,5 Type of MS RR RR RR RR RR RR PP RR RR RR RR PP SP Time since MS <1 4 18 <1 15 20 3 3 1 13 3 20 diagnosis year months years year years years months years month years years years Age/ Sex 32/ F 26/ F 45/ F 44/ F 41/ F 56/ F 46/ F 35/ F 44/ F 35/ F 50/ F 46/ F 39/F Exacerbation ON paresthesias dystonia TM TM ON myelitis TM TM ON ON NR NR History MRI Findings GD+ GD+ WML WML WML WML WML GD+ GD+ GD+, WML WML WML WML WML Clonal Expansion Yes Yes n.d. Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Oligoclonal No n.d. n.d. Yes Yes No Yes Yes n.d. n.d. No Yes Yes Bands Ig Index NL n.d. High NL High n.d. High High n.d. n.d. NL High High Ig Synthesis n.d. n.d. n.d. NL High n.d. High n.d. n.d. n.d. NL High High No. Productive 100 CSF 19 1 6 CSF 49 8 10 CSF 71 85 21 3 25/216 10/666 VH Sequences 76 PB 19 PB 77 PB RR, Relapsing Remitting; SP, Secondary Progressive; ON, Optic Neuritis; TM, Transverse Myelitis; GD+, gadolinium enhancing; WML, White Matter Lesions; NR, not reported; n.d., not done; NL, normal 1All patients had CSF white blood cell (WBC) counts in the range of 1 × 103 to 1 × 104 per mL, typical of MS patients at UTSWMC (Stuve et al., 2006) 2Patient clonal analysis previously published in Monson et al. (2005) 3Patient repertoire or mutational analysis previously published in Harp et al. (2007) 4Patient data not used in mutational signature analysis 5Patient repertoire and clonal analysis previously published in Ritchie et al. (2004) 6CD19+/CD138+ CSF-derived B cells -
TABLE 8 OND Patient Summary1 CIS 1324 CIS 4292 CIS03-015 OND 3414OND 7584 Sjögren's6 SLE7 HC OND CIS CIS CIS OIND NIND NA NA NA subcategory Age/ Sex 24/ F 62/ M 25/ F 70/ M 45/ F 76/ F 54/ M 26/M; 45/M Presentation or Diplopia Optic Not Ataxia, PS HA NA NA NA Diagnosis at Neuritis reported time of sampling MRI Findings GD+ GD+ WML No Lesions WML ND ND ND Clonal No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Expansion No. Productive 19 57 24/67 32 19 107 41 314 VH Sequences Abbreviations: OND; Other Neurological Disease, CIS; Clinically Isolated Syndrome, NIND; non-inflammatory neurological disease, OIND; Other Inflammatory Neurological Disease, HA; Headache, PS; Paraneoplastic Syndrome, GD+; Gadolinium Enhancing, WML; White Matter Lesions 1All patients had CSF white blood cell (WBC) counts typical of OND controls at UTSWMC (Stuve et al., 2006) 2This patient converted to CDMS according to the Poser Criteria 18 months after sampling.3This patient's CSF analysis was negative for oligoclonal bands, and normal for Ig synthesis and rate. 4Patient repertoire or mutational analysis previously published in Harp et al. (2007) 5This patient converted to CDMS subsequent to this episode, and was published in Ritchie et al. (2004) 6This patient's repertoire analysis previously published in Hansen et al. (2003) 7This patient's repertoire analysis previously published in Hansen et al. (2000); Dorner et al. (1999) 8CD19+/CD138+ CSF-derived B cells -
TABLE 9 VH Family Usage Statistics for FIG. 1A Different Different Different Different from from from from % HCPB mHCPB MSPB MSCSF HCPB VH1 15.5% X N N Y n = 349 VH2 2.0% X N N N VH3 55.0% X N N Y VH4 21.8% X N N Y VH567 5.7% X N N N mHCPB VH1 10.7% N X Y Y n = 205 VH2 2.0% N X N N VH3 61.5% N X N Y VH4 16.6% N X N Y VH567 9.3% N X Y Y MSPB VH1 19.9% N Y X N n = 226 VH2 1.3% N N X N VH3 56.6% N N X Y VH4 17.7% N N X Y VH567 4.4% N Y X N mMSPB VH1 24.2% N N N N n = 62 VH2 1.6% N N N N VH3 45.2% N Y N Y VH4 22.6% N N N Y VH567 6.5% N N N N X = Not applicable; comaparing to self N = p > 0.05 Y = p ≦ 0.05 -
TABLE 10 VH Family Usage Statistics for FIG. 1B Different Different Different Different from from from from % HCPB mHCPB MSPB MSCSF MSCSF VH1 25.2% Y Y N X n = 405 VH2 3.2% N N N X VH3 31.4% Y Y Y X VH4 35.8% Y Y Y X VH567 4.4% N Y N X mMSCSF VH1 24.9% Y Y N N n = 283 VH2 1.8% N N N N VH3 31.9% Y Y Y N VH4 38.1% Y Y Y N VH567 3.3% N Y N N MSCSF VH1 23.1% Y Y N N Normal- VH2 1.7% N N N N ized VH3 32.9% Y Y Y N n = 286 VH4 36.7% Y Y Y N VH567 5.6% N N N N MSCSF VH1 2.3% Y N Y Y CD138 VH2 6.9% Y Y Y N n = 87 VH3 24.1% Y Y Y N VH4 66.7% Y Y Y Y VH567 0.0% Y Y Y Y X = Not applicable; comparing to self; N = p > 0.05; Y = p ≦ 0.05 -
TABLE 11 VH Family Usage Statistics for FIG. 1C Different Different Different Different from from from from % HCPB mHCPB MSPB MSCSF CISCSF VH1 2.0% Y Y Y Y n = 100 VH2 2.0% N N N N VH3 72.0% Y N Y Y VH4 22.0% N N N Y VH567 2.0% N Y N N mCISCSF VH1 0.0% Y Y Y Y n = 87 VH2 0.0% N N N N VH3 74.5% Y N Y Y VH4 23.6% N N N N VH567 1.8% N N N N CISCSF VH1 0.0% Y Y Y Y CD138 VH2 5.3% N N Y N n = 76 VH3 52.6% N N N Y VH4 42.1% Y Y Y N VH567 0.0% Y Y N N N = p > 0.05; Y = p ≦ 0.05 -
TABLE 12 VH Family Usage Statistics for FIG. 1D Different Different Different Different from from from from % HCPB mHCPB MSPB MSCSF ONDCSF VH1 17.6% N N N N n = 51 VH2 3.9% N N N N VH3 52.9% N N N Y VH4 17.6% N N N Y VH567 7.8% N N N N Sjogren's VH1 24.3% Y Y N N Parotid VH2 4.7% N N N N n = 107 VH3 41.1% Y Y Y N VH4 19.6% N N N Y VH567 N N Y Y 10.3% SLEPB VH1 2.4% Y N Y Y n = 41 VH2 7.3% Y N Y N VH3 82.9% Y Y Y Y VH4 7.3% Y N N Y VH567 0.0% N Y N N N = p > 0.05; Y = p ≦ 0.05 -
TABLE 13 J Segment Usage Statistics for FIG. 2 Different Different Different Different from from from from % HCPB mHCPB MSPB MSCSF HCPB JH1 1.3% X N N N VH4 JH2 5.1% X N N N n = 78 JH3 7.7% X N N N JH4 57.7% X N Y Y JH5 11.5% X N N Y JH6 16.7% X N Y N mHCPB JH1 0.0% N X NA N VH4 JH2 0.0% N X NA N n = 35 JH3 11.4% N X N N JH4 57.1% N X N N JH5 20.0% N X N N JH6 11.4% N X Y N MSPB JH1 0.0% N NA X N VH4 JH2 0.0% N NA X N n = 40 JH3 10.0% N N X N JH4 35.0% Y N X N JH5 15.0% N N X N JH6 40.0% Y Y X Y mMSPB JH1 0.0% N NA NA N VH4 JH2 0.0% N NA NA N n = 17 JH3 11.8% N N N N JH4 29.4% Y N N N JH5 0.0% N Y N Y JH6 58.8% Y Y N Y MSCSF JH1 4.9% N N N X VH4 JH2 6.3% N N N X n = 144 JH3 11.1% N N N X JH4 40.3% Y N N X JH5 22.9% Y N N X JH6 14.6% N N Y X mMSCF JH1 6.0% N N N N VH4 JH2 6.9% N N N N n = 116 JH3 12.9% N N N N JH4 40.5% Y N N N JH5 19.8% N N N N JH6 13.8% N N Y N X = Not applicable; comparing to self; NA = Not applicable; comparing 0% to 0%; N = p > 0.05; Y = p ≦ 0.05 -
TABLE 14 J Segment Usage Statistics for FIG. 6 Different Different Different Different from from from from % HCPB mHCPB MSPB MSCSF HCPB JH1 X N N Y n = 323 0.9% JH2 X N N N 3.1% JH3 X Y Y Y 6.8% JH4 X N Y Y 56.0% JH5 X N N Y 9.6% JH6 X N Y N 23.5% mHCPB JH1 N X N N n = 195 2.6% JH2 N X N N 2.6% JH3 Y X N N 12.3% JH4 N X Y Y 55.4% JH5 N X N Y 10.8% JH6 N X Y N 16.4% MSPB JH1 N N X N n = 162 1.2% JH2 N N X N 2.5% JH3 Y N X N 17.3% JH4 Y Y X Y 33.3% JH5 N N X Y 10.5% JH6 Y Y X Y 35.2% mMSPB JH1 N N N N n = 43 2.3% JH2 N N N N 0.0% JH3 N N N N 11.6% JH4 Y Y N N 30.2% JH5 N N N N 9.3% JH6 Y Y N Y 46.5% MSCSF JH1 Y N N X n = 405 4.2% JH2 N N N X 4.0% JH3 Y N N X 13.1% JH4 Y Y Y X 42.5% JH5 Y Y Y X 17.5% JH6 N N Y X 18.8% mMSCF JH1 Y N N N n = 296 4.1% JH2 N N N N 4.4% JH3 Y N N N 13.2% JH4 Y Y N N 42.6% JH5 Y N N N 16.2% JH6 N N Y N 19.6% X = Not applicable; comparing to self; NA = Not applicable; comparing 0% to 0%; N = p > 0.05; Y = p ≦ 0.05 -
TABLE 15 CDR3 Average Statistics for FIG. 3A Average Different Different Different Different Different Different amino acid from from from from from from length HCPB mHCPB MSPB mMSPB MSCSF mMSCSF HCPB All n = 348 All 13.1 X Y Y Y Y Y HCPB VH4 n = 76 VH4 X N N N N N 13.4 HCPB VH3 n = 192 VH3 X N Y N N N 13.0 mHCPB All n = 205 All 12.4 Y X Y Y Y Y mHCPB VH4 n = 34 VH4 N X Y N N N 12.7 mHCPB VH3 VH3 N X Y N N N n = 127 12.2 MSPB All n = 168 All 15.3 Y Y X Y Y Y MSPB VH4 n = 40 VH4 N Y X N N N 15.7 MSPB VH3 n = 89 VH3 Y Y X N Y N 14.9 mMSPB All n = 45 All 15.3 Y Y Y X Y Y mMSPB VH4 n = 17 VH4 N N N X N N 16.2 mMSPB VH3 n = 16 VH3 N N N X N N 13.5 MSCSF All n = 405 All 13.9 Y Y Y Y X Y MSCSF VH4 n = 144 VH4 N N N N X N 14.1 MSCSF VH3 n = 129 VH3 N N Y N X N 13.3 mMSCSF All All 14.0 Y Y Y Y Y X n = 297 mMSCSF VH4 VH4 N N N N N X n = 116 14.2 mMSCSF VH3 VH3 N N N N N X n = 91 13.6 X = Not applicable; comparing to self; N = p > 0.05; Y = p ≦ 0.05 -
TABLE 16 CDR3 Length Range Statistics for FIG. 3B Different Different Different Different Different Different from from from from from from % HCPB mHCPB MSPB mMSPB MSCSF mMSCSF HCPB ≦9 X N Y N N N VH4 11.5% 10-14 X N N N N N 54.1% 15-19 X N N N N N 29.5% ≧20 4.9% X N Y Y N N mHCP ≦9 N X Y N N N B VH4 12.5% 10-14 N X N N N N 56.3% 15-19 N X N N N N 28.1% ≧20 3.1% N X Y Y N N MSPB ≦9 0.0% Y Y X NA Y Y VH4 10-14 N N X N N N 39.5% 15-19 N N X N N N 36.8% ≧20 Y Y X N Y Y 23.7% mMSP ≦9 0.0% N N NA X N N BVH4 10-14 N N N X N N 37.5% 15-19 N N N X N N 25.0% ≧20 Y Y N X Y Y 37.5% MSCSF ≦9 N N Y N X N VH4 13.1% 10-14 N N N N X N 44.1% 15-19 N N N N X N 35.2% ≧20 7.6% N N Y Y X N mMSC ≦9 N N Y N N X SF 14.5% VH4 10-14 N N N N N X 40.2% 15-19 N N N N N X 36.8% ≧20 8.5% N N Y Y N X X = Not applicable; comparing to self; NA = Not applicable; comparing 0% to 0%; N = p > 0.05; Y = p ≦ 0.05 -
TABLE 17 MF Range Statistics for FIG. 4 Different Different Different Different Different Different from from from from from from HCPB HCPB MSPB MSPB MSCSF MSCSF % All VH4 All VH4 All VH4 HCPB All 0-4 65.0% X N N N Y Y n = 347 5-14 22.3% X N N N Y Y 15-24 9.7% X N N N Y Y ≧25 2.9% X N Y N N N HCPB VH4 0-4 73.0% N X N N Y Y n = 74 5-14 17.6% N X N N Y Y 15-24 6.8% N X N N Y Y ≧25 2.7% N X Y N N N HCPB VH3 0-4 58.3% N Y Y N Y Y n = 192 5-14 25.5% N N N N Y Y 15-24 12.0% N N N N Y Y ≧25 4.2% N N Y N N N MSPB All 0-4 72.1% N N X N Y Y n = 172 5-14 21.5% N N X N Y Y 15-24 6.4% N N X N Y Y ≧25 0.0% Y Y X NA Y Y MSPB VH4 0-4 58.5% N N N X Y Y n = 41 5-14 31.7% N N N X N N 15-24 9.8% N N N X Y Y ≧25 0.0% N N NA X N N MSPB VH3 0-4 79.3% Y N N Y Y Y n = 92 5-14 16.3% N N N Y Y Y 15-24 4.3% N N N N Y Y ≧25 0.0% N N NA NA Y Y MSCSF All 0-4 26.8% Y Y Y Y X N n = 407 5-14 45.9% Y Y Y N X N 15-24 23.1% Y Y Y Y X Y ≧25 4.2% N N Y N X N MSCSF VH4 0-4 20.1% Y Y Y Y N X n = 139 5-14 41.0% Y Y Y N N X 15-24 32.4% Y Y Y Y Y X ≧25 6.5% N N Y N N X MSCSF VH3 0-4 29.1% Y Y Y Y N N n = 127 5-14 52.0% Y Y Y Y N N 15-24 17.3% Y Y Y N N Y ≧25 1.6% N N N N N Y X = Not applicable; comparing to self; NA = Not applicable; comparing 0% to 0%; N = p > 0.05; Y = p ≦ 0.05 -
TABLE 18 VH4 Mutation Frequencies at Codon Hot Spots MSCSF MSCSF MSPB to HCPB MSCSF to HCPB MSPB to MSPB HCPB Codon ALL VH4 ALL VH4 VH4 VH4 VH4 ALL 30 2.3% 3.8% 2.9% 1.9% 1.8% = = p < 0.005 31B 0.3% 0.5% 1.4% 3.5% 3.6% = p < 0.001 p < 0.001 40 0.7% 1.1% 1.5% 2.6% 0% X = p < 0.001 52 2.5% 4.9% 2.7% 2.7% 5.5% p < 0.005 p < 0.001 p < 0.001 56 4.6% 2.8% 4.6% 5.4% 2.7% = p < 0.001 p < 0.001 57 2.1% 1.1% 3.2% 2.0% 0% X = p < 0.01 60 1.3% 1.1% 1.6% 2.4% 0% X = p < 0.001 68 1.4% 2.2% 1.0% 1.2% 0.9% = = p < 0.05 69 1.2% 1.1% 1.3% 2.0% 3.6% = p < 0.01 p < 0.01 81 0.8% 2.7% 2.5% 4.6% 3.6% = = p < 0.001 89 1.3% 1.1% 2.1% 2.0% 1.8% = = p < 0.01 1MF at this position greater in VH4 than ALL 2MF at this position less in VH4 than ALL 3MF at this position is greater in MSCSF than HCPB 4MF at this position is less in MSCSF than HCPB - Patient Description.
- CSF was collected from 10 RRMS patients, one PPMS patient (M484), three patients with other neurological diseases (OND341, ataxia; OND758, headache, and
OND 116, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy), and two patients with one demyelinating event suggestive of MS (i.e., Clinically Isolated Syndrome (CIS)) at UT Southwestern Medical Center (UTSWMC) (Harp et al., 2007; Monson et al., 2005) in accordance with the UTSWMC Institutional Review Board (IRB). CSF was collected from nine patients with CIS at University of Colorado Denver (UCD) as previously described (Bennett et al., 2008) in accordance with the UCD IRB. The CIS patients had a single episode of demyelination (optic neuritis, brainstem or spinal cord syndrome), and the majority had multiple lesions on MRI satisfying the dissemination in space criterion of the McDonald criteria. None of the patients had received immunomodulatory agents for at least 1 month prior to lumbar puncture. A second relapse confirming a multiple sclerosis diagnosis had not occurred at the time of sample acquisition, thus not fulfilling the dissemination in time criterion (McDonald et al., 2001; Polman et al., 2005). Subsequent diagnosis of definite MS was made using the revised McDonald criteria (Polman et al., 2005). Conversion to definite MS was not revealed to the antibody sequence analysis team until after signature score predictions had been calculated. - MS and CIS B Cell Antibody Database Generation.
- At UTSWMC, antibody repertoires were generated from CD19+ CSF B cells using single cell PCR as previously described (Harp et al., 2007; Monson et al., 2005). The MSCSF database consists of antibody rearrangements from 373 CD19+ CSF B cells from 10 RRMS and 1 PPMS patient recruited at UTSWMC. The CISCSF database consists of antibody rearrangements from 304 CD19+ CSF B cells from 10 CIS patients (ON4-8 did not have a CD19+ CSF B cell antibody repertoire) and 228 CD138+ CSF plasma cells from 7 CIS patients (CIS132, CIS429, ON4-10 and ON3-4 did not have CD138+ CSF plasma cell antibody repertoires). To clarify, antibody repertoires from CIS patients at UCD were generated from both single CD19+ CSF B cells and single CD138+ CSF plasma cells (Bennett et al., 2008), while antibody repertoires from CIS patients at UTSWMC were generated from single CD19+ CSF B cells only. Since the resultant databases (CIS CD19+ CSF from UTSWMC, CIS CD19+ and CIS CD138+ CSF from UCD) were similar in mutational frequency, variable heavy chain (VH) gene family usage, and heavy chain Joining segment (JH) usage, the two databases were combined for analysis (Table 19).
- Control B Cell Antibody Database Generation.
- The healthy control peripheral blood (HCPB) antibody database has been used in multiple studies (Brezinschek et al., 1997; 1998; Dorner et al., 1997, 1998a,b,c; Farner et al., 1999; Hansen et al., 2000; Harp et al., 2007; Monson et al., 2000; 2005) and consists of 348 CD19+ or CD19+/IgM+ peripheral B cells from two healthy control donors. The memory HCPB antibody database (mHCPB) consists of 205 sequences from the HCPB antibody database that contain 4 or more mutations (less than 98% homology to the germline sequence, n=123) combined with sequences from a HCPB antibody database generated from class-switched IgD-CD27+ memory B cells (n=82) (Tian et al., 2007) (Genbank 535266-535274, 535324-535368, 535381-535408, and 535416-535418). As expected, the class-switched IgD-CD27+ memory B cell database had a higher percentage of mutated codons that resulted in a replacement than the mHCPB database (compare 64.7% vs 70.3%, p=0.002 by χ2 test). The OND CD19+ CSF antibody database consists of 65 sequences. UCD and UTSWMC cell isolation and IgH amplification was performed similarly. All sequences were reconfirmed by the inventors' laboratory using IgBlast (those obtained from UCD and from GenBank) (world-wide-web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/igblast/), and only codons 24-93 were considered in the analysis.
- Mutation Analyses.
- Frequency of replacement mutations (RF) was calculated as the number of replacement mutations at each codon position divided by the total number of replacement mutations in each VH4 sub-database and displayed as a percentage. The MSCSF database contains 373 sequences with 475 replacement mutations, and the CISCSF database contains 302 CD19+ and 226 CD138+ sequences with 4081 replacement mutations (2052 in CD19+ and 2029 in CD138+). The HCPB database contains 348 sequences with 1086 replacement mutations, and the mHCPB database contains 205 sequences with 1857 replacement mutations. The ONDCSF database contains 65 sequences with 482 replacement mutations, and the MSPB database contains 156 sequences with 392 replacement mutations. In total, 1675 sequences and 10,373 replacement mutations were analyzed in this manner. Table 20 contains VH4 sequence numbers and Table 21 legend contains number of VH4 replacement mutations. Codon domains and numbers were defined by Kabat (Kabat et al., 1983), and Tomlinson in V-base (vbase.mrc-cpe.cam.ac.uk/), respectively.
- Statistical Strategy for Signature Identification.
- Codons included in the signature were identified using three criteria. First, the inventors identified codons that had statistically different RF values in the MSCSFVH4 database compared to HCPBVH4 by Goodness of Fit test where the expected frequency is the RF calculated in HCPBVH4. Twenty-four codons passed this criterion. Next, codon positions that had an RF in both the MSCSFVH4 and HCPBVH4 databases that was less than the average+2 S.D. of the memory HCPBVH4 subdatabase were excluded. Thus, since the average±S.D. RF of the memory HCPBVH4 database was 0.68±0.59, any individual codon RF less than 1.86 in both databases was excluded. Fourteen codons passed this additional criterion. Eight of these 14 codons (31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81, and 89) were defined as “hot” since the RF at that codon position within the MSCSFVH4 database was statistically higher compared to the HCPBVH4 database. Six of these 14 codons (30, 43, 52, 77, 82 and 82a) were defined as “cold” since the RF at that codon position within the MSCSFVH4 database was statistically less compared to the HCPBVH4 database. Two of the 6 “cold” codons (52 and 82a) were excluded because the RF value in the MSCSFVH4 database at that codon position was significantly higher than 1.86 (the average+2 S.D. of the memory HCPBVH4 subdatabase). The overall signature consequently consisted of
30, 31B, 32, 40, 43, 56, 57, 60, 77, 81, 82, and 89. This analysis was not biased by differences in the prevalence of particular codons (31B in particular), as individual VH4 gene frequencies in MSCSF were similar to HCPB by χ 194 2 test using a Bonferroni corrected p-value of 0.004 (data not shown).codons - Statistical Computation of the Signature Score.
- Signature scores were generated by calculating Z-scores for the RF values at the 6 codons within the signature (31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and 89) that had the most significant difference in RF compared to HCPBVH4 at each codon position. The Z-score formula is: (RF at codon X minus the average RF in HCPBVH4)/(standard deviation of the average RF in HCPBVH4). For example, the average RF in HCPBVH4 within the 6 signature codons was 1.6±0.9 and so an RF of 4.4 at
codon 31B would be assigned a score of 3.1 (Z-score=(4.4−1.6)/0.9). Individual Z-scores at each of the 6 codon positions were then added to generate the composite signature Z-score. The average composite signature score in the MSCSFVH4 database was 10.9±2.0 and so any signature score of an individual CIS patient above 6.8 (average−2 S.D.) was predicted to convert to CDMS. Of note, both the ONDCSFVH4 signature score (at 4.5), and the MSPBVH4 score (at 2.0) were below the threshold for MS conversion. CD19+ CSF B cell and CD138+ CSF plasma cell mutation positions both contributed to each CIS patient's signature score, while the MSCSFVH4 signature scores were only composed of CD19 214+CSF B cells. VH4 structure. A human VH4-30.4 antibody structure described in (Guddat et al., 1993) was obtained from the Protein Data Bank (world-wide-web rcsb.org) under the identification moniker 1MCO, and adapted using the RasMol program (mc2.cchem.berkely.edu/Rasmol/) to highlight codons within the designated signature of the heavy chain variable region. - The 51 antibody heavy chain variable genes are subdivided into 7 different families (Cook and Tomlinson, 1995; world-wide-web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/igblast/), and it has been well-established that peripheral blood B cells from healthy donors utilize VH antibody genes most often from the VH3 family (“HCPB” in Table 20 and (Brezinschek et al., 1995; Brezinschek et al., 1997; Huang et al., 1992; Kraj et al., 1997; Wardemann et al., 2003; Yurasov et al., 2005)). In contrast, it has been reported by us and others that B cells in the CSF of MS patients often utilize VH4 antibody genes more frequently than those in the VH3 family (“MSCSF” in Table 20 and (Baranzini et al., 1999; Colombo et al., 2000; Harp et al., 2007; Monson et al., 2005; Owens et al., 1998; 2003; 2007; Qin et al., 1998; Ritchie et al., 2004)). The CISCSF antibody database consisting of CD19+ B cells only had a similar frequency of B cells that utilize VH4 family genes in comparison to HCPB (26.2% vs. 21.8%, p=0.20 by χ2 test) (Table 20); in contrast, when CD138+ plasma cells were included, the CISCSF had a higher frequency of B cells that utilize VH4 family genes in comparison to HCPB (35.0% vs. 21.8%, p=0.00001 by χ2 test) (Table 20). Some individual CIS patient CSF B cell antibody repertoires were enriched for B cells utilizing VH4 family genes in comparison to the random expected frequency, as reported previously (Bennett et al., 2008). CSF-derived B cell antibody repertoires from patients with Other Neurological Diseases (OND) were not enriched for VH4-expressing CSF B cells in comparison to HCPB (23.1% vs. 21.8%, p=0.83 by χ2 test) or mHCPB (23.1% vs. 16.6%, p=0.24 by χ2 test), indicating that VH4 over-expression in the CSF of MS patients was not due to bias in the ability of VH4 expressing B cells to enter the CNS.
- Identification of Codons within MSCSF that are Enriched for Replacement Mutations.
- Since VH4 expressing B cells are enriched in the CSF of MS patients, we hypothesized that mutational analysis would reveal a pattern (i.e., “signature”) of antibody gene replacement mutations that is unique to VH4 expressing B cells from the CNS of MS patients in comparison to HCPB. In order to test this hypothesis, the percentage of replacement mutations (RF) at each codon within the VH4 subdatabase extracted from the parent database (MSCSFVH4) was determined and compared to the RF at each codon position within the VH4 subdatabase extracted from the parent HCPB database (HCPBVH4). Replacement frequencies were used so that only those mutations resulting in an amino acid change would be considered. In addition, codon amino acid replacement can result from 1, 2, or 3 nucleotide changes within the codon, and so replacement frequencies limit bias based on the number of nucleotides in a codon that are mutated to generate a replacement. Hot spots were defined as those codon positions within MSCSFVH4 with a statistically higher RF at a particular codon position in comparison to HCPBVH4 (Table 21). Using this approach, 8 codon positions (31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81, and 89) were identified that have a total RF value in MSCSFVH4 (25.0%) that was statistically higher than in HCPBVH4 (12.6%) (p=0.001 by χ2 test). Cold spots were defined as those codon positions within MSCSFVH4 with a statistically lower RF at a particular codon position in comparison to HCPBVH4 (Table 21). Four codons (30, 43, 77 and 82) were identified as cold spots that have a total RF value in MSCSFVH4 (5.1%) that was statistically less than in HCPBVH4 (8.5%) (p=0.001 by χ2 test).
- Individual MS patient RFs within the 8 hot spot codons of the signature ranged from 22.5 to 34.1% (data not shown), indicating that some individual patient MSCSF repertoires had a greater enrichment of replacements at these 8 codon positions than others. Also, the variability of RF values within the 8 hot spot codons of the signature in individual VH4 genes in MSCSFVH4 ranged from 14.5 to 36% data not shown), indicating that some individual VH4 genes had a greater enrichment of replacements at these 8 hot spot codon positions than others. Previous analysis had identified
codon 56 as a replacement mutation hotspot in HCPB (Dorner et al., 1997; Dorner et al., 1998a), which intensified as a hot spot in MSCSFVH4 since a significantly greater percentage of replacement mutations were found in MSCSFVH4 atcodon 56 compared to HCPBVH4. Of note, there was a 7.0-fold increase in replacement accumulation atcodon 31B in the MSCSFVH4 database in comparison to HCPBVH4 that is likely due to the use of this codon by only a subset of VH4 genes (4-30, 4-31, 4-39 and 4-61). - When the analysis was restricted to those B cells expressing VH4 genes that contain
codon 31B, there was a 3.1-fold increase in RF of the MSCSFVH4 database compared to HCPBVH4 (pb 0.001). An example of a signature-enriched VH4 antibody gene rearrangement from a CSF-derived B cell of an MS patient is provided inFIG. 8 . Of note, 5 of the 8 hot spot codons of the signature retained higher RF values in MSCSF compared to the memory HCPB database (31B, 40, 56, 57, and 60), emphasizing that the signature does not simply reflect enrichment of memory B cells in the CSF. - Potency of Signature Score to Predict Development of Clinically Definite MS.
- The inventors reasoned that prevalence of the signature would allow them to identify patients at risk to develop MS who subsequently convert to CDMS. Current criteria for diagnosis of MS requires dissemination of lesions both in time and space (Barkhof et al., 1997; Polman et al., 2005; Tintore et al., 2000). When MRI lesions alone are not sufficient to confirm diagnosis, CSF abnormalities can be used to meet the criteria of dissemination in space (Polman et al., 2005; Siritho and Freedman, 2009). Risk of conversion to clinically definite MS in patients who have had a single demyelinating event is 50-90% if the patient has an abnormal MRI (Beck et al., 2003; Brex et al., 2002; Cole et al., 1998; O'Riordan et al., 1998; Soderstrom et al., 1998), but of those patients with a normal MRI, up to 29% had oligoclonal bands and converted to CDMS (Cole et al., 1998).
- In order to test whether signature prevalence could predict conversion to MS, the inventors generated CSF B cell repertoires from patients who had one demyelinating event that placed them “at risk” to develop MS. Such patients are typically diagnosed with CIS. CD19+ B-cell and CD138 plasma cell repertoires from the CSF of two CIS patients at UTSWMC and nine patients at UCHSC were generated and analyzed for RF values within the 6 codons of the signature defined in the MSCSFVH4 database that had the most significant difference in RF compared to HCPBVH4 at each codon position (codons 31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and 89). RF values were combined using a signature score that accounts for RF variance as described in Materials and methods. The average signature score in the MSCSFVH4 database was 10.9±2.0 (range 7.6-11.9), and so any individual CIS patient score that was 6.8 (average signature score−2 S.D.) or higher was predicted to develop MS (
FIG. 9 and Table 22). Notably, the signature score from a pool of VH4 expressing CSF B cells of 3 OND patients was 4.5, and the signature score from a pool of VH4 expressing peripheral blood B cells of 3 CDMS patients was 2.0, and thus did not reach the 6.8 signature score threshold. Also, signature scores based on CD19+ B cell sequences only (in the patients where this was possible) did not change predictions based on signature score. This was expected since there is significant overlap in the antibody gene repertoires of CD19+ B cells and CD138+ plasma cells from the CSF of the same patients (Martin Mdel and Monson, 2007; Ritchie et al., 2004), suggesting that the memory B cell pool present in the CSF is the reservoir for differentiation of plasma cells in the CSF. - As indicated in Table 22, prediction of conversion to CDMS using the antibody gene signature score was accurate in 8 of 8 CIS patients that converted to CDMS. Lack of signature prevalence also accurately predicted that 2 of 2 patients who had recently experienced a first demyelinating event (ON3-1 and ON4-10) would not develop CDMS, and indeed, have not developed CDMS up to 2 years after initial sampling. One additional patient who had recently experienced a first demyelinating event (ON3-4) had a high signature score (11.3), but had not converted to CDMS at the 2-year follow-up. The antibody gene signature yielded a sensitivity of 100%, specificity of 67%, positive predictive value of 89%, negative predictive value of 100%, and accuracy of 91%, as defined by others applying the McDonald Criteria to identify CIS patients that would convert to MS (Dalton et al., 2002). Most patients in this cohort converted to CDMS within 3-6 months of repertoire sampling, although in the case of CIS 132, conversion to CDMS was not confirmed until 17 months after antibody repertoire sampling (Table 22). MRI, OCB and VH4/VH2 bias are also useful in assessing probability of MS conversion (Bennett et al., 2008; Freedman et al., 2005; Frohman et al., 2003; Korteweg et al., 2006; Paolino et al., 1996; Soderstrom et al., 1998), but were not considered in calculating the signature score.
- The intense somatic hypermutation accumulation in MSCSFVH4 enabled us to identify a unique antibody gene signature-enriched for replacement accumulation at
31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89 that was not observed in HCPBVH4 or ONDCSFVH4. Of note, any residual effect of naïve B cells on the RF calculation was minimized by tabulating only those sequences with mutations resulting in amino acid replacements. This approach minimized bias in the signature that may have reflected enrichment of mutation accumulation in CNS derived B cells (which are mostly memory and thus have high mutation rates) compared to peripheral B cells (which are mostly naïve and thus have low mutation rates). In addition, 5 of the 8 hot codons of the signature retain higher RF values in the MSCSF database compared to the memory HCPB database. Finally, if signature score reflected enrichment of mutation accumulation due to the repertoire's high memory representation, then all signature scores from the CISCSF antibody repertoires should have been high since they were all heavily enriched for memory B cells. This was not the case, since CISCSF repertoires ON3-1 and ON4-10, despite being heavily enriched for memory B cells (with mutation frequencies of 5.2% and 6.7%, respectively), had signature scores below the threshold of 6.8 (ON3-1 score=6.4, ON4-10 score=2.2).codons - It was compelling to investigate whether the antibody gene signature may be of value to identify CIS patients who would subsequently develop MS, since early and accurate diagnosis of MS is of tantamount importance in clinical care (Stuve et al., 2008). Signature prevalence could be used to identify patients who would be diagnosed with CDMS within 3-18 months of experiencing their first demyelinating event. Of note, patient ON3-4 had a signature score that indicated this patient would convert to CDMS (score=11.3), but did not demonstrate a lesion load by MRI, banding by OCB, or VH4/VH2 bias, and had not developed CDMS up to 2 years after sampling was performed (Table 22). It will be interesting to determine whether this patient is diagnosed with CDMS over time. It is also important to note that the majority of patients in this cohort already had evidence of MS risk as indicated by positive MRI and OCB. Patient ON4-7, however, did not present with brain lesions by MRI, but had a signature score that indicated this patient would be diagnosed with CDMS (score=10.2). Indeed, this patient did convert to CDMS within 5 months of CSF B cell antibody repertoire sampling, and provides a reasonable example of how signature prevalence may predict CDMS diagnosis in patients that either do not present with brain lesions by MRI, or who are not evaluated by MRI at this stage of their disease. It will be interesting to determine whether the combination of MRI and signature prevalence would be useful in predicting MS conversion. Signature prevalence may also provide an evaluation mechanism to identify the most appropriate patient candidates to receive B cell depletion therapies, for example. Certainly this is a priority since a recent investigation demonstrated significant efficacy of Rituxan in RRMS patients (Hauser et al., 2008).
- Given the urgency for the early identification of MS and the rapid initiation of disease modifying therapy, presentation of a molecular signature in the CSF B cells of CIS patients who develop MS may provide a unique tool for identifying at risk individuals. However, wide implementation of the current form of this approach would be problematic since the AGS scores presented here were generated using a specialized technique that is labor intensive (single cell PCR) and requires fresh CSF for sampling. Developing other approaches to generate AGS data that maintains accuracy, but does not require a specialized laboratory to perform, is attainable and of paramount importance.
- In addition, many early MS patients have atypical clinical presentations or unremarkable MRI scans, and patients with alternative inflammatory conditions may mimic idiopathic demyelinating disease. In these circumstances, the advent of a molecular diagnostic signature would increase diagnostic sensitivity and specificity. Investigating the utility of the antibody gene signature in such patients is ongoing in the inventors' laboratory.
- The presence of a mutational signature among clonally expanded VH4 germline antibodies in MSCSF may be helpful in understanding disease pathogenesis. For example, the VH4 germline mutational signature may be the direct result of antigen targeting in the humoral immune response. Therefore, determining the antigen specificity of signature-enriched antibodies from CSF B cells of patients with definite MS and CIS is one of the first steps towards dissecting whether signature-enriched B cells have the potential to participate in MS pathogenesis. Of note, 5 of the 8 signature codons (31B, 32, 56, 57 and 60) the inventors identified as having a unique accumulation of amino acid replacements in MSCSFVH4 are predicted to have direct antigen contact since they reside in CDRs (
FIGS. 10A-B ). Dissecting the relative contribution of replacement mutations at each of these signature codons as well as those outside of the antigen binding region will address the impact of both codon classifications (direct and indirect antigen binding capacity) on antigen binding affinity. - In summary, a unique signature of antibody gene replacement mutations was identified in the MSCSFVH4 database that is not observed in healthy control peripheral blood or CSF-derived VH4-expressing B cells from patients with other neurological diseases. Prevalence of the signature was accurate in identifying CIS patients that would convert to CDMS, but needs to be tested on a larger cohort of patients at both high and low risk to develop MS. Identifying the antigen specificity of signature-enriched CSF B cells from these patients may also reveal a unique group of antigens that are central to initiation of humoral autoimmunity in the CNS. It is likely that the MS-specific VH4 antibody gene signature provides both a new focus of investigation to further elucidate the role of B cells and their antibody products in MS and a new candidate molecular diagnostic tool for MS.
-
TABLE 19 CISCSF B Cell Repertoire Source Comparison CISCSF CISCSF CD19+ + Cell Source CD19+ CD138 p value VH1 9.9 8.9 NS VH2 5.3 7.0 NS VH3 56.0 47.5 0.02 VH4 26.5 35.0 0.01 JH1 2.7 2.5 NS JH2 3.7 2.6 NS JH3 11.6 11.2 NS JH4 44.9 42.9 NS JH5 15.0 14.0 NS JH6 22.3 26.8 NS % of mutated 68.4 68.4 NS codons resulting in a replacementa MFb 5.3 5.7 <0.001 Abbreviations used in this table: CIS = clinically isolated syndrome; CSF = cerebrospinal fluid; RF = replacement frequence; MF = mutational frequence; NS = not significant aNumber of mutated codons causing replacement divided by the number total mutated codons (replacement and silent) bNumber of mutations divided by read length ( codons 31 through 93 for both calculations) -
TABLE 20 Frequences of VH Family Usagea Expected Frequence HCPBb mHCPBc MSCSFd CISCSFe CISCSFf ONDCSFg B Cell Source By Gene CD19+ CD19+ Frequencyj CD19+ IgD−CD27+ CD19+ CD19+ CD138+ CD19+ VH1 21.6 15.5 10.7 27.1h,i 9.9 8.9 20.0 VH2 5.9 2.0 2.0 1.6 5.3h 7.0 3.1 VH3 43.1 55.2 62.0 32.4h,i 56.3 47.5 46.2i VH4 21.6 21.8 16.6 34.3h,i 26.2i 35.0 23.1 Total Sequences 51 348 205 373 302 528 65 Number of 0 2 6 11 10 11 3 Donors Abbreviations: VH, variable heavy; HCPB, healthy control peripheral blood; mHCPB, memory healthy control peripheral blood; MSCSF, multiple sclerosis cerebrospinal fluid; CISCSF, clinically isolated syndrome cerebrospinal fluid; ONDCSF, other neurological disease cerebrospinal fluid. aValues provided in percent. bThe HCPB group includes CD19+ B cell antibody sequences from healthy controls BF1 (n = 67) and BF2 (n = 281). cThe mHCPB group includes CD19+ B cell antibody sequences from healthy controls BF1 (n = 18) and BF2 (n = 105) with 4 or more mutations (less than 98% homology to germline) and IgD−CD27+ B cell antibody sequences from healthy controls HA (n = 9), HB (n = 44), HC (n = 26), and HE (n = 3) (Tian et al., 2007) dThe MSCSF group includes CD19+ sequences from MS patients M125 (n = 101), M199 (n = 19), M354 (n = 6), M368 (n = 49), M376 (n = 8), M484 (n = 9), M522 (n = 71), M584 (n = 85), M875 (n = 21), M217 (n = 1), and M887 (n = 3). eThe CISCSF group includes CD19+ sequences from CIS patients CIS132 (n = 19), CIS429 (n = 57), CIS3-1 (n = 24), ON3-1 (n = 23), ON3-3 (n = 39), ON3-4 (n = 28), ON3-5 (n = 35), ON4-7 (n = 17), ON4-10 (n = 31), and ON5-2 (n = 29). fIn addition to those CD19+ sequences, this group includes CD138+ sequences from CIS patients CIS3-1 (n = 76), ON3-1 (n = 45), ON3-3 (n = 12), ON3-5 (n = 44), ON4-7 (n = 20), ON4-8 (n = 17), ON5-2 (n = 12). gThe ONDCSF group includes CD19+ B cell antibody sequences from OND patients OND341 (n = 32), OND758 (n = 19), and OND116 (n = 14). hSignificantly different from HCPB frequency iSignificantly different from mHCPB frequency jExpected frequency from (Cook and Tomlinson, 1995) -
TABLE 21 Percentage of Replacement Mutations in Each Signature Codon MSCSFVH4 HCPBVH4 mHCPBVH4 Codon Locationb RF RF Fold Increase p-valued RF Fold Increase p- value d31Bc CDR1 3.55 0.55 7.0 0.001 0.8 4.4 0.001 32 CDR1 2.3 1.5 1.5 0.05 2.1 1.1 NS 40c FR2 2.7 1.0 2.7 0.001 1.1 2.5 0.001 56a,c CDR2 5.5 3.0 1.8 0.001 3.2 1.7 0.001 57c CDR2 2.0 1.0 2.0 0.005 0.5 3.7 0.001 60 CDR2 2.4 1.5 1.6 0.05 1.1 2.2 0.001 81c FR3 4.7 3.0 1.5 0.005 3.7 1.3 NS 89c FR3 2.0 1.0 2.0 0.005 1.3 1.5 NS Hotspot Totalc 25.0 12.6 2.0 0.001 13.8 1.8 0.001 30 FR1 2.0 4.0 0.5 0.005 2.9 0.7 NS 43 FR2 0.9 2.0 0.5 0.025 1.3 0.7 NS 77 FR3 1.5 2.5 0.6 0.05 1.6 0.9 NS 82 FR3 0.7 2.5 0.3 0.001 1.6 0.5 0.05 Cold spotTotalc 5.1 8.5 0.5 0.001 7.4 0.7 0.01 Abbreviations in table: CDR, complementary determining region; FR, framework; RF, replacement frequency; MSCSF, multiple sclerosis cerebrospinal fluid; HCPB, healthy control peripheral blood; mHCPB, memory HCPB; NS, not significant aPreviously published replacement hotspot (Dorner et al., 1997; Dorner et al., 1998a) bAs defined by Kabat (Kabat et al., 1983) c“Hotspot Total” is the total RF within 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89. “Coldspot Total” is the total RF withincodons 30, 43, 77, and 82. 199, 337 and 965 replacements respectively were included in this analysis for HCPBVH4, mHCPBVH4, and MSCSFVH4.codons dComparing HCPBVH4 or mHCPBVH4 to MSCSFVH4 RFs at each codon position using χ2 goodness-of-fit where expected frequence is the RF calculated in HCPBVH4 respectively. eCodon used in the calculation of signature score -
TABLE 22 CIS Patient Summary and Signature Score Predictions Prediction CD19 Based On Subject Time to MRI Brain CD19/ VH4 CD138 Signature Signature Definite Time to MS No.a LPb Lesions OCB CD138c biasd VH4 biasd Scoree Score MS Diagnosisf CIS132 1 GD+ Yes 19/NA No NA 12.1 CDMS Clinical 18 CIS429 1 GD+ Yes 56/NA No NA 15.0 CDMS Clinical 3 CIS3-1 2 WML Yes 24/76 Yes Yes 15.5 CDMS MRI 3 ON3-3 4 GD+ Yes 39/13 No No 11.3 CDMS Clinical 3 ON3-5 1.75 GD+ Yes 35/44 Yes Yes 12.8 CDMS Clinical 2 ON4-7 3 Noneg Yes 17/20 No Yes 10.2 CDMS Clinical 5 ON4-8 1.5 WML Yes NA/18 NA Yes 9.6 CDMS Clinical 5 ON5-2 1 GD+ Yes 29/12 Yes Yes 7.9 CDMS Clinical 3 ON3-1 10 WML Yes 23/45 No No 6.4 No — NA ON4-10 1.25 WML No 31/NA No NA 2.2 No — NA ON3-4 1.5 Noneg No 28/NA No NA 11.3 CDMS — NA Abbreviations in table: CIS, Clinically Isolated Syndrome; ON, Optic Neuritis; LP, lumbar puncture, GD, gadolinium enhancing lesion positive; WML, white matter lesions by T2, OCB, oligoclonal bands; CDMS, clinically definite MS; NA, not applicable aCIS132 and CIS429 were generated at UTSWMC; the remaining patient CSF B cell repertoires were generated at UCD. bmonhts from first demyelinating event to LP cValues given are number of unique sequeces in CD19 repertoire/CD138 repertoire; family usage can be found in (Bennett et al., 2008; Harp et al., 2007); CIS429 was a 62 y.o. male first presenting with optic neuritis and the repertoire had 2% VH1 usage, 0% VH2, 77% VH3 and 19% VH4. dBias was considered significantly different from random frequence (Cook and Tomlinson, 1995) or expected frequence in HCPB (Brezinschek et al., 1997; Brezinschek et al., 1998; Dorner et al., 1997; Dorner etr al., 1998a, Dorner et al., 1998b; Dorner et al., 1998c; Farner et al., 1999; Hansen et al., 2000; Monson et al., 2000). VH2 bias was also observed in CD19 repertoires from ON4-7, and CD138 repertoires from ON3-3, ON3-5 and ON4-7. eSignature score was calculated as outlined in materials and methods, and uses both CD19 and CD138 sequences. The average score among MS patients is 10.9 ± 2.0. fMonths from first demyelinating event to MS diagnosis. gOne spinal cord lesion was observed by T2 weighted MRI. - All of the compositions and/or methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this invention have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions and/or methods and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the method described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the invention. More specifically, it will be apparent that certain agents which are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.
- The following references, to the extent that they provide exemplary procedural or other details supplementary to those set forth herein, are specifically incorporated herein by reference:
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,582,788
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,656,127
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,659,774
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,682,195
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,194
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,195
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,800,159
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,571
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,883,750
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,773
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,959,463
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,188
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,130,238
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,141,813
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,169,766
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,264,566
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,279,721
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,428,148
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,554,744
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,574,146
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,602,244
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,798
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,645,897
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,705,629
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,873
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,640
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,650
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,651
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,663
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,708
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,709
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,717
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,726
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,729
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,783
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,481
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,483
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,486
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,487
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,497
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,546
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,547
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,851,770
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,851,772
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,853,990
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,853,992
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,853,993
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,856,092
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,858,652
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,861,244
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,863,732
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,863,753
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,331
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,337
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,366
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,900,481
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,905,024
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,910,407
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,124
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,145
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,148
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,776
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,779
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,919,626
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,919,630
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,574
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,925,517
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,925,525
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,862
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,869
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,870
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,905
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,906
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,929,227
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,932,413
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,932,451
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,935,791
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,935,825
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,939,291
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,942,391
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,952,174
- Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1989.
- Barkhof et al., Brain, 120(Pt11):2059-2069, 1997.
- Barany, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:189-193, 1991.
- Baranzini et al., J. Immunol., 163:5133-5144, 1999.
- Beck et al., Arch. Ophthalmol., 121:944-949, 2003.
- Bellus, J. Macromol. Sci. Pure Appl. Chem., A31(1): 1355-1376, 1994.
- Bennett et al., J. Neuroimmunol., 199:126-132, 2008.
- Both et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 10:5187-5196, 1990.
- Berx et al., N. Engl. J. Med., 346:158-164, 2002.
- Brezinschek et al., J. Clin. Invest., 99:2488-2501, 1997.
- Brezinschek et al., J. Immunol., 155:190-202, 1995.
- Brezinschek et al., J. Immunol., 160:4762-4767, 1998.
- Buluwela and Rabbitts, Eur. J. Immunol., 18:1843-1845, 1988.
- Cepok et al., Brain, 124:2169-2176, 2001.
- Cepok et al., Brain, 128:1667-1676, 2005.
- Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol., 196:901-917, 1987.
- Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., 227:799-817, 1992.
- Cole et al., Neurology, 51:885-887, 1998.
- Colombo et al., J. Immunol., 164:2782-2789, 2000.
- Cook and Tomlinson, Immunol. Today, 16:237-242, 1995.
- Corcione et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 101:11064-11069, 2004.
- Dalton et al., Ann. Neurol., 52:47-53, 2002.
- Damle et al., Blood, 94:1840-1847, 1999.
- de Arruda et al., Expert. Rev. Mol. Diagn., 2:487-496, 2002.
- Domiati-Saad and Lipsky, J. Immunol., 161:1257-1266, 1998.
- Dorner et al., J. Immunol., 158:2779-2789, 1997.
- Dorner et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 28:657-668, 1998a.
- Dorner et al., J. Immunol., 160:2831-2841, 1998b.
- Dorner et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 28:3384-3396, 1998c.
- Dorner et al., J. Immunol., 163:1027-1036, 1999.
- EP 201,184
- EP 237,362
- EP 258,017
- EP 266,032
- EP 320 308
- EP 329,822
- EP 50,424
- EP 84,796
- Esiri, Lancet., 2:478, 1977.
- Farner et al., J. Immunol., 162:2137-2145, 1999.
- Foster et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 29:3122-3132, 1999.
- Freedman et al., Arch. Neurol., 62:865-870, 2005.
- French Patent 2,650,840
- Froehler et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 14(13):5399-5407, 1986.
- Frohman, In: PCR Protocols: A Guide To Methods And Applications, Academic Press, N.Y., 1990.
- Frohman et al., Neurology, 61:602-611, 2003.
- Genain et al., Nat. Med., 5:170-175, 1999.
- Great Britain Appln. 2 202 328
- Guddat et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:4271-4275, 1993.
- Hamblin et al., Blood, 94:1848-1854, 1999.
- Hansen et al., Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol., 123:36-45, 2000.
- Hansen et al., Scand. J. Immunol., 57:470-479, 2003.
- Harp et al., J. Neuroimmunol., 183:189-199, 2007.
- Hauser et al.i, N. Engl. J. Med., 358:676-688, 2008.
- Hayashi et al., Int. J. Mol. Med., 20:247-253, 2007.
- Huang et al., J. Clin. Invest., 89:1331-1343, 1992.
- Huang et al., Clin. Exp. Immunol., 112:516-527, 1998.
- Humphries et al., In: Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases, Elles (Ed.), 321-340, 1996.
- Humphries et al., Nature, 331:446-449, 1988.
- Innis et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 85(24):9436-9440, 1988.
- Jones, Nature, 199:280-282, 1963.
- Kabat et al., Am. J. Med. Sci., 219:55-64, 1950.
- Kabat et al., Am. J. Med., 4:653-662, 1948.
- Kabat et al., In: Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, United States Department of Health and Human Services, Washington, D.C., 1983.
- Kabat et al., In: Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 4th Ed., United States Department of Health and Human Services, Washington, D.C., 1987.
- Kirkham and Schroeder, Semin. Immunol., 6:347-360, 1994.
- Kodaira et al., J. Mol. Biol., 190:529-541, 1986.
- Koelsch et al., J. Clin. Invest., 117(6):1558-65, 2007.
- Komher, et al., Nucl. Acids. Res. 17:7779-7784, 1989.
- Korteweg et al., Lancet. Neurol., 5:221-227, 2006.
- Kraj et al., J. Immunol., 158:5842-5832, 1997.
- Kuppuswamy et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:1143-1147, 1991.
- Kwoh et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86:1173, 1989.
- Kwok and Chen, Curr Issues Mol. Biol., 5(2):43-60, 2003.
- Kwok, Annu. Rev. Genomics Hum. Genet., 2:235-258, 2001.
- Lambracht-Washington et al., J. Neuroimmunol., 186(1-2):164-76, 2007.
- Landegren et al., Science 241:1077-1080, 1988.
- Lee et al., J. Mol. Biol., 195:761-768, 1987.
- Lu et al., Biopolymers, 73:606-613, 2004.
- Magliozzi et al., J. Neuroimmunol., 148:11-23, 2004.
- Martin-Mdel and Monson, Front Biosci., 12:2735-2749, 2007.
- Maxam et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 74:560, 1977.
- McDonald et al., Ann. Neurol., 50:121-127, 2001.
- Meffre et al., Nat. Immunol., 1:207-213, 2000.
- Meyers et al., Science, 230:1242, 1985.
- Mockridge et al., Autoimmunity, 37:9-15, 2004.
- Modrich, Ann. Rev. Genet., 25:229-253, 1991.
- Monson et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 30:1597-1605, 2000.
- Monson et al., J. Neuroimmunol., 158:170-181, 2005.
- Mullis et al., Cold Spring Harbor Symp. Quant. Biol. 51:263-273, 1986.
- Nickerson et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:8923-8927, 1990.
- Nyren et al., Anal. Biochem. 208:171-175, 1993.
- Ohara et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86:5673-5677, 1989.
- Oppezzo et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 34:1423-1432, 2004.
- Orita et al., Genomics, 5:874-879, 1989.
- O'Riordan et al., Brain, 121(Pt3):495-503, 1998
- Owens et al., Ann. Neurol., 43:236-243, 1998.
- Owens et al., J. Immunol., 171:2725-2733, 2003.
- Owens et al., J. Immunol., 179:6343-6351, 2007.
- Ozawa et al., Brain, 117(Pt 6):1311-1322, 1994. Paolino et al., J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry, 60:572-575, 1996.
- Pascual and Capra, Arthritis Rheum., 35:11-18, 1992.
- PCT Appln. PCT/US87/00880
- PCT Appln. PCT/US89/01025
- PCT Appln. WO 88/10315
- PCT Appln. WO 89/06700
- PCT Appln. WO 89/06700
- PCT Appln. WO 90/01069
- PCT Appln. WO 93/22456
- PCT Appln. WO 95/11995
- PCT Appln. WO 91/02087
- PCT Appln. WO 92/15712
- Polman et al., Ann. Neurol., 58:840-846, 2005.
- Prezant et al., Hum. Mutat., 1:159-164, 1992.
- Pugh-Bernard et al., J. Clin. Invest., 108:1061-1070, 2001.
- Qin et al., J Clin Invest 1998. 102: 1045-1050, 1998.
- Raine et al., Ann. Neurol., 46:144-160, 1999.
- Reimer & Jensen-Jarolim, Immunol Lett. 112(1):1-5 (2007).
- Ritchie et al., J. Immunol., 173:649-656, 2004.
- Rogozin and Diaz, J. Immunol., 172: 3382-3384, 2004.
- Ruano et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 19:6877-6882, 1991.
- Ruano et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 17:8392, 1989.
- Sambrook et al., In: Molecular cloning, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 2001.
- Sanger et al., J. Molec. Biol., 94:441, 1975.
- Sayle and Milner-White, Trends Biochem. Sci., 20:374, 1995.
- Serafini et al., Brain Pathol., 14:164-174, 2004.
- Sheffield et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86:232-236, 1989.
- Shen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 84:8563-8567, 1987.
- Shlomchik et al., Nature, 328:805-811, 1987.
- Siritho and Freedman, J. Neurol. Sci., 2009 (In Print)
- Soderstrom et al., Neurology, 50:708-714, 1998.
- Sokolov, Nucl. Acids Res. 18:3671, 1990.
- Souza et al., J. Immunol., 179:3153-3160, 2007.
- Stevens et al., Biotechniques, 34:198-203, 2003.
- Storch and Lassmann, Curr. Opin. Neurol., 10:186-192, 1997.
- Stuve et al., Drugs, 68:73-83, 2008.
- Stuve et al., Ann. Neurol., 59:743-747, 2006
- Syvanen et al., Genomics 8:684-692, 1990.
- Tanaka and Nei, Mol. Biol. Evol., 6:447-459, 1989.
- Tian et al., Mol. Immunol., 44:2173-2183, 2007.
- Tintore et al., Am. J. Neuroradiol., 21:702-706, 2000.
- Turki et al., J. Clin. Invest., 95:1635-1641, 1995.
- Uccelli et al., Trends Immunol., 26:254-259, 2005.
- Ugozzoll et al., GATA 9:107-112, 1992.
- Vargas-Madrazo et al., J. Mol. Evol., 1994.38:100-104, 1994.
- Voswinkel et al., Ann. NY Acad. Sci., 815:312-315, 1997.
- Walker et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:392-396, 1992.
- Wardemann et al., Science, 301:1374-1377, 2003.
- Wartell et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 18:2699-2706, 1990.
- Winges et al., J. Neuroimmunol., 192(1-2):226-234. 2007.
- Winter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82:7575, 1985.
- Yurasov et al., J. Exp. Med., 201:703-711, 2005.
- Zheng et al., J. Clin. Invest., 113:1188-1201, 2004.
Claims (20)
1. A method for identifying a human subject having or at risk of developing multiple sclerosis (MS) comprising assessing the VH4 structure of a VH4-expressing B-cell from said subject, wherein the presence of a codon signature associated with MS identifies said subject as having or at risk of developing MS.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein said codon signature comprises a mutation at codon 31B, 56 and/or 81.
3. The method of claim 2 , wherein said codon signature comprises mutations at each of 31B, 56 and 81.
4. The method of claim 2 or 3 , wherein said codon signature further comprises mutations at one or more of codons 32, 40, 57, 60 and 89.
5. The method of claim 4 , wherein said codon signature comprises mutations at each of codons 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89.
6. The method of claim 1 , wherein said codon signature comprises a mutation at codons 31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and/or 89.
7. The method of claim 6 , wherein said codon signature comprises a mutation at each of codons 31B, 40, 56, 57, 81 and 89.
8. The method of claim 1 , further comprising assessing one or more traditional MS risk factors.
9. The method claim 1 , wherein assessing comprises sequencing.
10. The method of claim 1 , wherein assessing comprises PCR.
11. The method of claim 1 , wherein said B-cell is obtained from cerebrospinal fluid (CSF).
12. The method of claim 11 , further comprising assessing J chain usage, J chain length and/or CDR3 length.
13. The method of claim 1 , wherein said B-cell is obtained from peripheral blood.
14. The method of claim 13 , further comprising assessing J chain usage, J chain length and/or CDR3 length.
15. The method of claim 1 , further comprising making a treatment decision based on the presence of said codon signature.
16. A method of screening for an agent useful in treating multiple sclerosis (MS) comprising:
(a) providing an antibody produced by a VH4-expressing B-cell, said antibody comprising mutations at three or more codons selected from the group consisting of 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89;
(b) contacting said antibody with a candidate ligand; and
(c) assessing binding of said candidate ligand to said antibody,
wherein binding of said candidate ligand to said antibody identifies said candidate ligand as useful in treating MS.
17. The method of claim 16 , wherein said candidate ligand is a peptide or a peptoid.
18. A method of treating a subject having or at risk of developing MS comprising administering to said subject a ligand that binds to an antibody VH-4 antibody comprising mutations at three or more codons selected from the group consisting of 31B, 32, 40, 56, 57, 60, 81 and 89.
19. The method of claim 18 , wherein said ligand is a peptide or a peptoid.
20. The method of claim 18 , wherein said ligand is linked to a toxin or B-cell antagonist.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/789,324 US20130172263A1 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2013-03-07 | Vh4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US8342908P | 2008-07-24 | 2008-07-24 | |
| US12/509,093 US8394583B2 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2009-07-24 | VH4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis |
| US13/789,324 US20130172263A1 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2013-03-07 | Vh4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/509,093 Continuation US8394583B2 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2009-07-24 | VH4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20130172263A1 true US20130172263A1 (en) | 2013-07-04 |
Family
ID=41280429
Family Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/509,093 Active 2030-09-02 US8394583B2 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2009-07-24 | VH4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis |
| US13/770,416 Abandoned US20130150308A1 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2013-02-19 | Vh4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis |
| US13/789,324 Abandoned US20130172263A1 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2013-03-07 | Vh4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis |
Family Applications Before (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/509,093 Active 2030-09-02 US8394583B2 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2009-07-24 | VH4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis |
| US13/770,416 Abandoned US20130150308A1 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2013-02-19 | Vh4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (3) | US8394583B2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2769002C (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2010011894A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2015070009A3 (en) * | 2013-11-08 | 2015-11-12 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Vh4 antibodies against gray matter neuron and astrocyte |
| US11518800B2 (en) | 2016-02-01 | 2022-12-06 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Mutations that drive VH4 antibody autoreactivity |
Families Citing this family (35)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CA2742380C (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2018-05-29 | Sequenta, Inc. | Methods of monitoring conditions by sequence analysis |
| US9528160B2 (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2016-12-27 | Adaptive Biotechnolgies Corp. | Rare clonotypes and uses thereof |
| US8748103B2 (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2014-06-10 | Sequenta, Inc. | Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles |
| US9365901B2 (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2016-06-14 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. | Monitoring immunoglobulin heavy chain evolution in B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia |
| US8628927B2 (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2014-01-14 | Sequenta, Inc. | Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles |
| US8691510B2 (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2014-04-08 | Sequenta, Inc. | Sequence analysis of complex amplicons |
| US9506119B2 (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2016-11-29 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. | Method of sequence determination using sequence tags |
| ES2568509T3 (en) | 2009-01-15 | 2016-04-29 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation | Adaptive immunity profiling and methods for the generation of monoclonal antibodies |
| US8383347B1 (en) * | 2009-05-01 | 2013-02-26 | University Of South Florida | Method of diagnosing or assessing risk for Parkinson's disease or Alzheimer's disease using TCR clonality |
| EP2446052B1 (en) | 2009-06-25 | 2018-08-08 | Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center | Method of measuring adaptive immunity |
| US9043160B1 (en) | 2009-11-09 | 2015-05-26 | Sequenta, Inc. | Method of determining clonotypes and clonotype profiles |
| SI2400298T1 (en) * | 2010-05-28 | 2013-11-29 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Single B-cell cultivation method and specific antibody production |
| US10385475B2 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2019-08-20 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. | Random array sequencing of low-complexity libraries |
| US9279159B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2016-03-08 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation | Quantification of adaptive immune cell genomes in a complex mixture of cells |
| CA2858070C (en) | 2011-12-09 | 2018-07-10 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation | Diagnosis of lymphoid malignancies and minimal residual disease detection |
| US9499865B2 (en) | 2011-12-13 | 2016-11-22 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. | Detection and measurement of tissue-infiltrating lymphocytes |
| WO2013134162A2 (en) | 2012-03-05 | 2013-09-12 | Sequenta, Inc. | Determining paired immune receptor chains from frequency matched subunits |
| PT2831276T (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2016-07-26 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp | Compositions and method for measuring and calibrating amplification bias in multiplexed pcr reactions |
| EP2904111B1 (en) | 2012-10-01 | 2017-12-06 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation | Immunocompetence assessment by adaptive immune receptor diversity and clonality characterization |
| EP2725019B1 (en) | 2012-10-26 | 2015-04-08 | Uhde Inventa-Fischer GmbH | Method for the preparation of cyclic diesters, in particular dilactide |
| US9708657B2 (en) | 2013-07-01 | 2017-07-18 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. | Method for generating clonotype profiles using sequence tags |
| US9977036B2 (en) | 2013-08-15 | 2018-05-22 | Steven E. Schutzer | Diagnostic markers for multiple sclerosis |
| US20160340730A1 (en) * | 2013-12-20 | 2016-11-24 | Diogenix, Inc. | Methods for evaluating neurological disease |
| US20170292149A1 (en) | 2014-03-05 | 2017-10-12 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation | Methods using randomer-containing synthetic molecules |
| US10066265B2 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2018-09-04 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. | Determining antigen-specific t-cells |
| EP3132059B1 (en) | 2014-04-17 | 2020-01-08 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation | Quantification of adaptive immune cell genomes in a complex mixture of cells |
| EP3715455A1 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2020-09-30 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. | Highly-multiplexed simultaneous detection of nucleic acids encoding paired adaptive immune receptor heterodimers from many samples |
| US10246701B2 (en) | 2014-11-14 | 2019-04-02 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. | Multiplexed digital quantitation of rearranged lymphoid receptors in a complex mixture |
| US11066705B2 (en) | 2014-11-25 | 2021-07-20 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation | Characterization of adaptive immune response to vaccination or infection using immune repertoire sequencing |
| WO2016127113A1 (en) * | 2015-02-06 | 2016-08-11 | Amarantus Bioscience Holdings, Inc. | Methods for diagnosing multiple sclerosis using vh4 antibody genes |
| US11047008B2 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2021-06-29 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation | Methods for diagnosing infectious disease and determining HLA status using immune repertoire sequencing |
| CA2979726A1 (en) | 2015-04-01 | 2016-10-06 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. | Method of identifying human compatible t cell receptors specific for an antigenic target |
| US11999778B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2024-06-04 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | VH4 antibodies and compositions comprising the same |
| US10428325B1 (en) | 2016-09-21 | 2019-10-01 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation | Identification of antigen-specific B cell receptors |
| US11254980B1 (en) | 2017-11-29 | 2022-02-22 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation | Methods of profiling targeted polynucleotides while mitigating sequencing depth requirements |
-
2009
- 2009-07-24 WO PCT/US2009/051647 patent/WO2010011894A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2009-07-24 US US12/509,093 patent/US8394583B2/en active Active
- 2009-07-24 CA CA2769002A patent/CA2769002C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2013
- 2013-02-19 US US13/770,416 patent/US20130150308A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2013-03-07 US US13/789,324 patent/US20130172263A1/en not_active Abandoned
Non-Patent Citations (4)
| Title |
|---|
| Hauser et al., N Engl J Med; 358:676-688, February 14, 2008 * |
| Ikematsu et al., J Immunol., 151(7):3604-3616, October 1993 * |
| Nakamura et al., Path. Internatl., 49:595-600, July 1999 * |
| The IFNB Multiple Sclerosis Study Group, Neurology, 14(4):655-661, 1993 * |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2015070009A3 (en) * | 2013-11-08 | 2015-11-12 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Vh4 antibodies against gray matter neuron and astrocyte |
| US11518800B2 (en) | 2016-02-01 | 2022-12-06 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Mutations that drive VH4 antibody autoreactivity |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| US20130150308A1 (en) | 2013-06-13 |
| US20100022440A1 (en) | 2010-01-28 |
| CA2769002C (en) | 2018-05-08 |
| WO2010011894A1 (en) | 2010-01-28 |
| US8394583B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 |
| CA2769002A1 (en) | 2010-01-28 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US8394583B2 (en) | VH4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis | |
| Bonnet et al. | An innovative strategy for the molecular diagnosis of Usher syndrome identifies causal biallelic mutations in 93% of European patients | |
| Kumar et al. | Genetics of autism spectrum disorders | |
| JP5719591B2 (en) | Biomarker for predicting anti-TNF responsiveness or non-responsiveness | |
| US20240301496A1 (en) | Methods for assessing risk of developing a viral disease using a genetic test | |
| MX2011004763A (en) | Genetic polymorphisms in age-related macular degeneration. | |
| Brown et al. | Genetics in ankylosing spondylitis–current state of the art and translation into clinical outcomes | |
| US20140371132A1 (en) | Codon signature for neuromyelitis optica | |
| Charras et al. | Genetic and epigenetic factors shape phenotypes and outcomes in systemic lupus erythematosus–focus on juvenile-onset systemic lupus erythematosus | |
| AU2011249763B2 (en) | A new combination of eight risk alleles associated with autism | |
| Inashkina et al. | Robust genotyping tool for autosomal recessive type of limb-girdle muscular dystrophies | |
| US20120208718A1 (en) | Schizophrenia treatment response biomarkers | |
| US20050255498A1 (en) | APOC1 genetic markers associated with age of onset of Alzheimer's Disease | |
| WO2012173809A2 (en) | Method of identifying de novo copy number variants (cnv) using mz twins discordant for attention problems/disorders | |
| US20060166219A1 (en) | NTRK1 genetic markers associated with progression of Alzheimer's disease | |
| US20050255495A1 (en) | SLC5A7 genetic markers associated with age of onset of Alzheimer's disease | |
| US20050250122A1 (en) | APOA4 genetic markers associated with progression of Alzheimer's disease | |
| WO2025164902A1 (en) | Single nucleotide polymorphism marker associated with reduction in rey complex figure copy score for predicting risk of developing alzheimer's disease and use thereof | |
| US20130064819A1 (en) | Biomarkers | |
| JP4869834B2 (en) | Polymorphisms associated with side effects on drugs containing anti-human TNFα chimeric antibodies, and uses thereof | |
| Ehli | Molecular genetic analysis of childhood behavior disorders | |
| US20150259741A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for the diagnosis of multiple sclerosis | |
| Roohi | Identification of potential candidate genes in autism spectrum disorder | |
| Essop | Molecular Aspects of X-Linked Mental Retardation Loci | |
| Ceroni | Investigating the role of Copy Number Variants in Specific Language Impairment and identification of new candidate genes |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |